@airbus: Airbus S.A.S
@airbus: Airbus S.A.S
AIRBUS S.A.S.
Customer Services
Technical Data Support and Services
31707 Blagnac Cedex
FRANCE
FAPE3
HIGHLIGHTS
HIGHLIGHTS
Page 1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
L.E.C.
Page 1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
DISASSEMBLY
TASK 52-22-24-000-801-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-000-028-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-000-001-A01 Jan 01/16
TASK 52-22-24-000-802-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-000-029-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-000-002-A01 Jan 01/16
TASK 52-22-24-000-803-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-000-030-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-000-003-A01 Jan 01/16
TASK 52-22-24-000-804-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-000-031-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-000-004-A01 Jan 01/16
TASK 52-22-24-000-805-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-000-032-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-000-005-B01 Jan 01/16
TASK 52-22-24-000-806-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-000-033-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-000-006-A01 Jan 01/16
TASK 52-22-24-000-807-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-000-034-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-000-007-B01 Jan 01/16
TASK 52-22-24-000-807-B01 Jan 01/16
L.E.C.
Page 2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
L.E.C.
Page 3
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
L.E.C.
Page 4
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
CLEANING
TASK 52-22-24-100-801-A01 Jan 01/16
L.E.C.
Page 5
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
INSPECTION/CHECK
TASK 52-22-24-210-801-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-210-001-A01 Jan 01/16
TASK 52-22-24-210-802-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-210-002-A01 Jan 01/16
TASK 52-22-24-210-803-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-210-003-A01 Jan 01/16
TASK 52-22-24-210-804-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-210-004-A01 Jan 01/16
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-014-A01 Jan 01/16
TASK 52-22-24-210-805-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-210-005-A01 Jan 01/16
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-015-A01 Jan 01/16
TASK 52-22-24-210-806-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-210-006-A01 Jan 01/16
TASK 52-22-24-210-807-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-210-007-A01 Jan 01/16
TASK 52-22-24-210-808-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-210-008-A01 Jan 01/16
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-016-A01 Jan 01/16
TASK 52-22-24-210-809-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-210-009-A01 Jan 01/16
TASK 52-22-24-210-810-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-210-010-A01 Jan 01/16
TASK 52-22-24-210-811-A01 Jan 01/16
L.E.C.
Page 6
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
REPAIR
TASK 52-22-24-300-801-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-300-001-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-320-001-A01 Jan 01/16
TASK 52-22-24-300-802-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-300-002-A01 Jan 01/16
TASK 52-22-24-300-803-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-300-003-A01 Jan 01/16
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-017-A01 Jan 01/16
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-018-A01 Jan 01/16
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-019-A01 Jan 01/16
TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-300-004-A01 Jan 01/16
TASK 52-22-24-350-801-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-350-001-A01 Jan 01/16
TASK 52-22-24-350-802-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-350-002-A01 Jan 01/16
TASK 52-22-24-350-803-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-350-003-A01 Jan 01/16
TASK 52-22-24-350-804-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-350-004-A01 Jan 01/16
L.E.C.
Page 7
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
ASSEMBLY
TASK 52-22-24-400-801-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-400-001-A01 Jan 01/16
TASK 52-22-24-400-802-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-400-002-A01 Jan 01/16
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-020-A01 Jan 01/16
TASK 52-22-24-400-803-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-400-003-A01 Jan 01/16
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-021-A01 Jan 01/16
TASK 52-22-24-400-804-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-400-004-A01 Jan 01/16
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-022-A01 Jan 01/16
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-023-A01 Jan 01/16
TASK 52-22-24-400-805-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-400-005-A01 Jan 01/16
TASK 52-22-24-400-806-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-400-006-A01 Jan 01/16
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-024-A01 Jan 01/16
TASK 52-22-24-400-807-A01 Jan 01/16
Subtask 52-22-24-400-007-A01 Jan 01/16
L.E.C.
Page 8
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
L.E.C.
Page 9
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
L.E.C.
Page 10
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
L.E.C.
Page 11
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
L.E.C.
Page 12
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
L.E.C.
Page 13
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
L.E.C.
Page 14
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
L.E.C.
Page 15
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
L.E.C.
Page 16
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
L.E.C.
Page 17
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION
52-22-24-871-802-A01 Introduction
DISASSEMBLY
52-22-24-000-801-A01 Structure Parts - Removal and Disassembly of the Transverse
Section and Arm Lever
52-22-24-000-802-A01 Structure Parts - Removal of the Door Window
52-22-24-000-803-A01 Structure Parts - Removal of the Door Seal
52-22-24-000-804-A01 Structure Parts - Removal and Disassembly of the Structure Parts
52-22-24-000-805-A01 Structure Parts - Removal of the Sealing Angle
52-22-24-000-806-A01 Structure Parts - Removal of the Cover and Locking Ramp
52-22-24-000-807-A01 Door Locking Mechanism - Removal and Disassembly of the
Locking Pin and the Spring Box
52-22-24-000-807-B01 Door Locking Mechanism - Removal and Disassembly of the
Locking Pin and Spring Box
52-22-24-000-808-A01 Removal and Disassembly of the Locking Hook and Connecting
Rod
52-22-24-000-809-A01 Removal and Disassembly of the Intermediate Shaft and
Connecting Rod
52-22-24-000-809-B01 Removal and Disassembly of the Intermediate Shaft and
Connecting Rod
52-22-24-000-810-A01 Removal of the Locking Shaft
52-22-24-000-810-B01 Removal of the Locking Shaft
52-22-24-000-811-A01 Removal of the Locking Indicator
T.O.C.
Page 1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
CLEANING
52-22-24-100-801-A01 Cleaning of the Emergency Exit Door
52-22-24-100-802-A01 Clean the Electrical System Parts
INSPECTION/CHECK
52-22-24-210-801-A01 Door Structure
52-22-24-210-802-A01 Structure Components
52-22-24-210-803-A01 Protective Treatment
52-22-24-210-804-A01 Stop Fitting Assemblies (1) and Roller Guide Assemblies (3)
52-22-24-210-805-A01 Locking Mechanism and Emergency Escape-Slide Release-
Mechanism
52-22-24-210-806-A01 Placards
52-22-24-210-807-A01 Ball Bearings
T.O.C.
Page 2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
REPAIR
52-22-24-300-801-A01 Reworking or Machining
52-22-24-300-802-A01 Repair of the Protective Treatment
52-22-24-300-803-A01 Repair of Door Seal
52-22-24-300-804-A01 Replacement of the Pressed-In Bushes
52-22-24-350-801-A01 Replacement of the Bonded-in Bushes and Bearings
52-22-24-350-802-A01 Replacement of the Swaged-In Spherical Bearings
52-22-24-350-803-A01 Replacement of Threaded Inserts
52-22-24-350-804-A01 Replacement of the HELI-COIL Threaded Inserts
52-22-24-350-805-A01 Replacement of the Door Placard
52-22-24-350-806-A01 Replacement of Indication Placard
52-22-24-350-807-A01 Replacement of the Seal
52-22-24-350-808-A01 Replacement of Riveted Parts
ASSEMBLY
52-22-24-400-801-A01 Installation of the Transverse Section and Arm Lever
52-22-24-400-802-A01 Installation of the Door Seal
52-22-24-400-803-A01 Installation of the Door Window
52-22-24-400-804-A01 Installation of the Structure Parts
52-22-24-400-805-A01 Installation of the Sealing Angles
52-22-24-400-806-A01 Installation of the Cover and Locking Ramp
52-22-24-400-807-A01 Assembly and Installation of the Locking Pin and the Spring Box
52-22-24-400-807-B01 Assembly and Installation of the Locking Pin and the Spring Box
52-22-24-400-808-A01 Assembly and Installation of the Locking Hook and Connecting
Rod
52-22-24-400-809-A01 Assembly and Installation of the Intermediate Shaft and
Connecting Rod
52-22-24-400-809-B01 Assembly and Installation of the Intermediate Shaft and
Connecting Rod
52-22-24-400-811-A01 Assembly and Installation of the Locking Shaft
52-22-24-400-811-B01 Assembly and Installation of the Locking Shaft
T.O.C.
Page 3
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
T.O.C.
Page 4
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
T.O.C.
Page 5
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
SBL
Page 1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
INTRODUCTION
TASK 52-22-24-871-802-A01
Introduction
1. General
A. This manual is written to the iSpec 2200 and in ASD Simplified Technical English (STE). The
international SI units of measurement are used in this manual, with imperial units shown in
parentheses.
B. The manual contains data about maintenance on the component in a workshop. It does not
contain data about maintenance on the component when it is installed in the aircraft.
C. Only approved persons with the necessary skills are permitted to do the maintenance procedures
in this manual.
D. Maintenance Task Oriented Support System (MTOSS) task and subtask identification is used in
this manual. The maintenance tasks and other data have special MTOSS numbers for Electronic
Data Processing (EDP). The user of the manual can ignore the MTOSS numbers.
E. This manual contains:
- Technical data for the component
- Maintenance and repair procedures about the component
- An Illustrated Parts List (IPL) with data for the component parts. Parts are identified in all
sections of the manual by the IPL-Figure and item number.
F. We verified the DISASSEMBLY, TESTING and ASSEMBLY procedures by simulation.
2. How to use the Manual
A. Make sure that the manual contains the information applicable to your component.
B. If you need to identify a part or find a part number, use the search function.
C. You must use the instructions in this manual for all the component maintenance. Read all the
applicable WARNINGS and CAUTIONS before you do the work on the component.
3. List of Abbreviations
ACM Abbreviated Component Maintenance Manual
AEB Airline Engineering Bulletin
ASD Aero Space and Defence Industries Association of Europe
ATA Air Transport Association of America
ATLAS Abbreviated Test Language for All Systems
CMM Component Maintenance Manual
CMS Component Maintenance Sheet
FIN Functional Item Number
INTRO
Page 1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
INTRO
Page 2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-870-803-A01
General
1. The emergency exit door is of the plug type.
2. The linings, the insulation, the warning lights, the door pressurized-air bottle and the support arm of
the door are not part of this manual.
3. Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for data of the door window. Refer to the supplier HARTWELL CMMV
52-21-30 for data of the emergency escape-slide release-handle. Refer to the supplier PETERCEM
CMMV 52-73-11 for the data of the proximity switches.
4. Technical Data (approx.):
Width: 760 mm (29.9 in.)
Height: 1850 mm (72.8 in.)
Depth: 400 mm (15.7 in.)
Weight: 80.0 kg (176.4 lb.)
Technical Data Table
TABLE 1
Page 1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-870-804-A01
Description
1. Structure
Page 2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 3
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
SUPPORT FITTING
DOOR WINDOW
ESCAPE SLIDE
RELEASE MECHANISM
COVER ELECTRICAL
INSTALLATION
SUPPORT FITTING
STOP FITTINGS
LOCKING MECHANISM
GUIDE ROLLER
FITTING
RETAINER
DOOR SEAL
F_CM_522224_1_0010101_01_00
Page 4
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
LOCKING HOOK
INTERMEDIATE SHAFT
LOCKING PIN
TRANSMISSION
SHAFT
EXTERNAL CONTROL
HANDLE
SUPPORT ARM
INTERNAL CONTROL
HANDLE
LIFTING SHAFT
DOOR DETENT
SHAFT
TORSION BAR
F_CM_522224_1_0020101_01_00
Locking Mechanism
FIGURE-52-22-24-991-002-A01
Page 5
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
SPRING ROD
INTERMEDIATE
SHAFT
RELEASE SHAFT
F_CM_522224_1_0030101_01_00
Page 6
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
CONNECTOR 2821VC−A
RECEPTACLES
6717VC,6719VC
CONNECTOR 360RH5−A
F_CM_522224_1_0040101_01_00
Page 7
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-870-805-A01
Operation
1. Refer to FIGURE 52-22-24-991-005-A, FIGURE 52-22-24-991-006-A, FIGURE 52-22-24-991-007-A
and FIGURE 52-22-24-991-008-A.
2. General
A. When you open the emergency exit door, it first moves inwards, then upwards until it releases
the stop fittings and then outwards parallel to the fuselage.
B. The doors have two operational modes, the DISARMED mode and the ARMED mode. You can
open the doors in both modes. In the ARMED mode the emergency escape slide deploys
automatically if you open the door from the inside. When you open the door from the outside,
the exterior control handle mechanism puts the emergency escape-slide release-mechanism
automatically in the DISARMED mode.
C. During the operation of the interior control handle the exterior control handle does not move. It
remains in its position in a recess of the outer skin. The operation of the exterior control handle
simultaneously operates the interior control handle. An internal release catch disengages the
exterior control handle from the locking mechanism. Thus you can return the exterior control
handle into its position in the outer skin. The interior control handle remains in the ’PULLED’
position while the door is open.
3. Unlocking and Opening of the Emergency Exit Door in the DISARMED Mode
A. The operation of either the interior- or the exterior control handle releases the geometric lock.
This lock is formed by an overcentered spring rod and disengages the locking hook and the
locking pin from the fittings in the door frame.
B. Pushrods rotate the door lifting shaft. The fork end fitting lifts the door and moves it outwards.
The torsion bar assembly assists the lifting action of the door. The movement of the door is
guided by the guide rollers.
C. At the same time as the door moves outwards, the safety hook on the detent shaft locks the
lifting shaft in the ’HIGH’ position.
D. The rotation of the door lifting shaft locks the emergency escape slide handle via a pushrod in
the DISARMED position. An indicator which is attached to the locking shaft gives an indication
of the UNLOCKED condition.
4. Unlocking and Opening the Emergency Exit Door in the ARMED Mode with the Exterior Control
Handle
A. The use of the exterior control handle in the ARMED mode activates a claw mechanism which
moves the transmission shaft via connecting rods. This action automatically puts the emergency
escape-slide release-mechanism into the DISARMED position. After that, the opening procedure
continues as given in TBD.
Page 8
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
5. Unlocking and Opening the Emergency Exit Door in the ARMED Mode with the Interior Control
Handle
A. The procedure for unlocking and opening the door in the ARMED mode has the same order as
given in TBD. Additionally the two release levers remain in the ARMED position. This is for the
automatic deployment of the emergency escape slide.
6. Closing and Locking of the Emergency Exit Door
A. The closing and locking procedure of the door after an opening in the DISARMED mode is the
same with the interior- and the exterior control handle. The closing and locking procedure is the
reversed action of the unlocking and opening procedure.
7. Electrical Equipment
A. Refer to SCHEMATICS AND WIRING DIAGRAMS, TASK 52-22-24-878-806-A01 for the
operation of the electrical equipment.
Page 9
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
SUPPORT FITTING
DOOR WINDOW
ESCAPE SLIDE
RELEASE MECHANISM
COVER ELECTRICAL
INSTALLATION
SUPPORT FITTING
STOP FITTINGS
LOCKING MECHANISM
GUIDE ROLLER
FITTING
RETAINER
DOOR SEAL
F_CM_522224_1_0050101_01_00
Page 10
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
LOCKING HOOK
INTERMEDIATE SHAFT
LOCKING PIN
TRANSMISSION
SHAFT
EXTERNAL CONTROL
HANDLE
SUPPORT ARM
INTERNAL CONTROL
HANDLE
LIFTING SHAFT
DOOR DETENT
SHAFT
TORSION BAR
F_CM_522224_1_0060101_01_00
Locking Mechanism
FIGURE-52-22-24-991-006-A01
Page 11
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
SPRING ROD
INTERMEDIATE
SHAFT
RELEASE SHAFT
F_CM_522224_1_0070101_01_00
Page 12
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
CONNECTOR 2821VC−A
RECEPTACLES
6717VC,6719VC
CONNECTOR 360RH5−A
F_CM_522224_1_0080101_01_00
Page 13
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-700-801-A01
Test of the Electrical System
1. General
A. The test of the emergency exit door is limited to a test of the electrical system.
B. The fault isolation of the emergency exit door is limited to the door locking mechanism and the
escape-slide release mechanism.
NOTE : Refer to the supplier PETERCEM CMMV 52-73-11 for a detailed fault isolation of the
proximity switches.
NOTE : Refer to the supplier HARTWELL CMMV 52-21-30 for a detailed fault isolation of the
emergency escape slide release handle.
2. Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
355M03210000 Check Doors Tool
355M03215000 Cable Loom
Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
TABLE 1
B.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-878-806-A01 Wiring Diagram
CMMV 52-73-11
CMMV 52-21-30
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-010-A FIGURE 52-22-24-991-010-A-Testing of Resistant (Typical)
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
Page 1001
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-700-001-A01
A. Functional Test of the Proximity Switches and Targets.
NOTE : Refer to the Ground Equipment Manual for details and function of the 355M03210000
Check Doors Tool.
(1) Remove the connectors 5WN1-A and 19WV1-A from the proximity switches 5WN1 and
19WV1.
(2) Prepare the 355M03210000 Check Doors Tool for the test:
(a) Make sure that the two 9V batteries of the check doors tool have sufficient power. If
necessary replace the batteries.
(b) Put the ON/OFF switch S3 in the ’ON’ position.
(c) Press the LIGHT TEST push-button S4 and make sure that the four green and the
four red LEDs in the ’PROXIMITY DETECTOR CHECKING’ section on the front
plate of the tool come on.
(d) Release the LIGHT TEST push-button S4 and put the ON/OFF switch S3 in the
’OFF’ position.
(3) Install the 355M03215000 Cable Loom:
(a) Connect the connector P2 to the connector J2 of the 355M03210000 Check Doors
Tool .
(b) Connect the connector P5 to the proximity switch 5WN1.
(c) Connect the connector P6 to the proximity switch 19WV1.
(4) Put the ON/OFF switch S3 in the ’ON’ position.
(5) Do the test as follows:
NOTE : Read the ’RESULT’ from the LEDs in the ’PROXIMITY DETECTOR
CHECKING’ section on the front plate of the tool.
ACTION RESULT
(1) Put the internal handle in the ’closed’ On the ’OUTPUT 1’ and the ’OUTPUT 2’ the
position and the escape slide release handle green LEDs indicate that the targets are ’NEAR’.
(45-50) in the ’armed’ position.
(2) Put the escape slide release handle in the On the ’OUTPUT 2’ the green LEDs switch off and
’disarmed’ position. the red LEDs indicate that the target is ’FAR’.
(3) Put the internal handle in the On the ’OUTPUT 1’ the green LEDs switch off and
’open’position. the red LEDs indicate that the target is ’FAR’.
Page 1002
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
ACTION RESULT
(4) Put the internal handle back in the ’closed’ On the ’OUTPUT 1’ and the ’OUTPUT 2’ the red
position and the escape slide release handle LEDs switch off and the green LEDs indicate that
in the ’armed position. the targets are ’NEAR’.
Action Result Table
TABLE 3
Subtask 52-22-24-750-001-A01
B. Continuity Test of the Wiring Harness
(1) Connect the continuity tester to the pins given in TABLE 4 and test each wire for
continuity.
FROM TO WIRE NUMBER
CONNECTOR / PIN CONNECTOR / PIN
RECEPTACLE RECEPTACLE
2821VC A c 360RH5 A A 2373-3018
b B 2373-3019
a 6719VC D 5273-1014
Z C 5273-1013
Y H 5273-1017
X G 5273-1016
W E 5273-1015
V J 5273-1018
U 6717VC B 5273-1005
T T 5273-1007
S V 5273-1009
R N 5273-1006
H G 3154-5954
G K 3154-5955
C U 5273-1008
A A 5273-1004
M 5WN1 A E 3351-1509
L F 3351-1513
D C 5273-1001
Page 1003
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Subtask 52-22-24-750-002-A01
C. Test of the Electrical Resistance
(1) Test of the Electrical Resistance.
ACTION RESULT
(a) Connect the ohmmeter to the bonding lead The resistance must not be more than 0.1 mΩ.
and the structure near the attachment part
(Refer to FIGURE 52-22-24-991-010-A).
(b) Connect the ohmmeter near the bonding The resistance must not be more than 10.0 mΩ.
lead on the structure (Refer to FIGURE
52-22-24-991-010-A).
Action Result Table
TABLE 5
Page 1004
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
3 3
1
1 10.0 m
2 0.1 m
F_CM_522224_1_0100101_01_00
Page 1005
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-810-801-A01
Fault Isolation of the Locking Mechanism
1. General
A. The test of the emergency exit door is limited to a test of the electrical system.
B. The fault isolation of the emergency exit door is limited to the door locking mechanism and the
escape-slide release mechanism.
NOTE : Refer to the supplier PETERCEM CMMV 52-73-11 for a detailed fault isolation of the
proximity switches.
NOTE : Refer to the supplier HARTWELL CMMV 52-21-30 for a detailed fault isolation of the
emergency escape slide release handle.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.
Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
CMMV 52-73-11
CMMV 52-21-30
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-011-A FIGURE 52-22-24-991-011-A-External Control Handle
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-012-A FIGURE 52-22-24-991-012-A-Locking Indication
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-810-001-A01
A. Fault Isolation of the Locking Mechanism
(1) Fault Isolation Table
FAULT POSSIBLE CAUSE CORRECTION
(1) External control handle (1) (a) Adjustment of the eccentric Adjust the eccentric roller (3)
is not align with the roller (3) is incorrect. as necessary.
contour of the door skin
(Refer to FIGURE
52-22-24-991-011-A).
Page 1006
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 1007
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
6
1
7
5
F_CM_522224_1_0110101_01_00
Page 1008
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
7
4
3
2
1
F_CM_522224_1_0120101_01_00
Locking Indication
FIGURE-52-22-24-991-012-A01
Page 1009
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-810-802-A01
Fault Isolation of the Emergency Escape Slide Release Mechanism
1. General
A. The test of the emergency exit door is limited to a test of the electrical system.
B. The fault isolation of the emergency exit door is limited to the door locking mechanism and the
escape-slide release mechanism.
NOTE : Refer to the supplier PETERCEM CMMV 52-73-11 for a detailed fault isolation of the
proximity switches.
NOTE : Refer to the supplier HARTWELL CMMV 52-21-30 for a detailed fault isolation of the
emergency escape slide release handle.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.
Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
CMMV 52-73-11
CMMV 52-21-30
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-013-A FIGURE 52-22-24-991-013-A-Emergency Escape Slide Release
Mechanism
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-810-002-A01
A. Fault Isolation of the Emergency Escape Slide Release Mechanism
(1) Fault Isolation Table
FAULT POSSIBLE CAUSE CORRECTION
(1) The external handle does (a) The rod assembly (5) is not Adjust the rod assembly (5) as
not operate the release correct adjusted. necessary (Refer to
shaft (2) when it moves to ASSEMBLY).
the ’OPEN’ position (Refer (b) The connecting rod (4) is not Adjust the connecting rod (4)
to FIGURE correct adjusted. as necessary (Refer to
52-22-24-991-013-A). ASSEMBLY).
Page 1010
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 1011
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
4
C
1
HARTWELL UNIT
CMM 52−21−30
A
B
F_CM_522224_1_0130101_01_00
Page 1012
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-878-806-A01
Wiring Diagram
1. For the Wiring Diagram see FIGURE 52-22-24-991-009-A.
Page 2001
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
W
M
G
H
C
D
U
2821VC
R
E
A
K
F
Y
V
X
T
L
J
241
5955
5954
5957
5956
1004
3019
3018
1508
1000
1008
1509
1009
1006
1007
1001
1015
1512
1513
1013
1014
1017
1018
1016
A
B
C
D
A
P E
B
F
G
360RH5 DOOR BOTTLE
PRESS. SENSOR
1005
1012
1011
241
A H
F
SUPPLY A
E J
C K
B L
M
5961 V
W
C X
SUPPLY A 1003 Y
B 1002 Z
F
E
ON=ARMED
Page 2002
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
A H
B G
C D
D C DELAY AND
F
E E
F B
BLINKING
G A
28V SUPPLY
K
H J GND RED
6719VC
19WN1 WARNING LIGHT
832 CABIN PRESSURE
832
J B
K A
L C
M T
WHITE
N U
P R
Q F
R N
S P AND
T M
L
U V AND OR
D
E
V S
W G
X K AND
Y J
Z H
TYPICAL
21WN1 INDICATING LIGHT
832 SLIDE ARMED
832
F_CM_522224_1_0090102_01_00
Page 2003
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
DISASSEMBLY
TASK 52-22-24-000-801-A01
Structure Parts - Removal and Disassembly of the Transverse Section and Arm Lever
1. General
A. Temporarily attach the bolts, washers, nuts and screws loosely to their attachment lugs. This
will keep them together for the subsequent installation procedure.
B. The removal procedure is the same for the left and the right emergency doors. Thus only the
procedure for the removal of the transverse section and arm lever on the left door is given in this
section, if not specified differently.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01 Replacement of Pressed-In Bushes
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Job Setup
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE COMPONENT IS CLEAN BEFORE YOU DISASSEMBLE
IT. THIS IS TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF INTERNAL PARTS.
Subtask 52-22-24-000-028-A01
A. Preliminary Procedures
(1) Do the TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION procedure or INSPECTION/CHECK to find
the cause of a malfunction or to make sure that the component is in the correct condition.
Use only the procedures that are necessary to get access to and to disassemble an
unserviceable item.
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-000-001-A01
A. Removal and Disassembly of the Transverse Section and Arm Lever
NOTE : Remove the bushes 03-020, 03-140, 03-260 only if the replacement is necessary (Refer
to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01 ).
Page 3001
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
NOTE : The measured length is necessary for the adjustment of a new rod or for
the assembly of an overhauled rod.
(4) Remove the lever arm assemblies 03-120 as follows:
(a) Remove the nuts 03-180, the washers 03-040, the bolts 03-150 and the lever arm
assemblies 03-120.
(5) Remove the lever arms 03-100 and 03-110 as follows:
(a) Remove the cotter pin 03-060.
(b) Remove the nut 03-050, the washers 03-040, the bolt 03-030 and the lever arms
03-100, 03-110.
(6) Remove the fitting assembly 03-240 and the fittings 03-270 as follows:
(a) Remove the nuts 03-190, the bolts 03-160, 03-170, the fitting assembly 03-240 and
the fittings 03-270.
(7) Remove the stop bolts 03-310 as follows:
(a) Remove the nuts 03-330, the washers 03-320, and the stop bolts 03-310.
Page 3002
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-000-802-A01
Structure Parts - Removal of the Door Window
1. General
A. Temporarily attach the bolts, washers, nuts and screws loosely to their attachment lugs. This
will keep them together for the subsequent installation procedure.
B. The removal procedure is the same for the left and the right emergency doors. Thus only the
procedure for the removal of the door window on the left door is given in this section, if not
specified differently.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.
Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
CMMV 56-21-11
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Job Setup
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE COMPONENT IS CLEAN BEFORE YOU DISASSEMBLE
IT. THIS IS TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF INTERNAL PARTS.
Subtask 52-22-24-000-029-A01
A. Preliminary Procedures
(1) Do the TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION procedure or INSPECTION/CHECK to find
the cause of a malfunction or to make sure that the component is in the correct condition.
Use only the procedures that are necessary to get access to and to disassemble an
unserviceable item.
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-000-002-A01
A. Removal of the Door Window
CAUTION : WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH THE WINDOW PANES.
Page 3003
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(3) Remove the door window assembly 05-155 from the retainer 05-160.
(4) Put the door window assembly 05-155 in a clean, soft cloth and keep it in a clean area.
NOTE : Refer to CMMV 56-21-11 for the disassembly of the door window assembly.
Page 3004
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-000-803-A01
Structure Parts - Removal of the Door Seal
1. General
A. Temporarily attach the bolts, washers, nuts and screws loosely to their attachment lugs. This
will keep them together for the subsequent installation procedure.
B. The removal procedure is the same for the left and the right emergency doors. Thus only the
procedure for the removal of the door seal on the left door is given in this section, if not
specified differently.
2. Job Setup
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE COMPONENT IS CLEAN BEFORE YOU DISASSEMBLE
IT. THIS IS TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF INTERNAL PARTS.
Subtask 52-22-24-000-030-A01
A. Preliminary Procedures
(1) Do the TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION procedure or INSPECTION/CHECK to find
the cause of a malfunction or to make sure that the component is in the correct condition.
Use only the procedures that are necessary to get access to and to disassemble an
unserviceable item.
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-000-003-A01
A. Removal of the Door Seal
Page 3005
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-000-804-A01
Structure Parts - Removal and Disassembly of the Structure Parts
1. General
A. Temporarily attach the bolts, washers, nuts and screws loosely to their attachment lugs. This
will keep them together for the subsequent installation procedure.
B. The removal procedure is the same for the left and the right emergency doors. Thus only the
procedure for the removal of the structure parts on the left door is given in this section, if not
specified differently.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-350-801-A01 Replacement of the Bonded-In Bushes and Bearings
TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01 Replacement of Pressed-In Bushes
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Job Setup
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE COMPONENT IS CLEAN BEFORE YOU DISASSEMBLE
IT. THIS IS TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF INTERNAL PARTS.
Subtask 52-22-24-000-031-A01
A. Preliminary Procedures
(1) Do the TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION procedure or INSPECTION/CHECK to find
the cause of a malfunction or to make sure that the component is in the correct condition.
Use only the procedures that are necessary to get access to and to disassemble an
unserviceable item.
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-000-004-A01
A. Removal and Disassembly of the Structure Parts
NOTE : Remove the bushes 06-060 from the bracket 06-050 only if the replacement is
necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-350-801-A01).
Page 3006
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(1) Remove the bracket assembly 06-040 and the guide fitting 06-010 as follows:
(a) Remove the nuts 06-030, the bolts 06-020, 06-025, the bracket assembly 06-040 and
the guide fitting 06-010.
(2) Remove the stop fitting assembly 10-010 as follows:
(a) Remove the nuts 10-080, the bolts 10-060, 10-061 and the stop fitting assembly
10-010.
(3) Disassemble the stop fitting assembly 10-010 as follows:
(a) Release the locking plate 10-040.
(b) Remove the nut 10-050, the locking plate 10-040 and the screw 10-030.
(4) Remove the guide roller assemblies 10-090, 10-210 as follows:
(a) Remove the nuts 10-080, the bolts 10-070 and the guide roller assembles 10-090,
10-210.
(5) Disassemble the guide roller assemblies 10-090, 10-210 as follows:
(a) Remove the cotter pins 10-165, 10-330.
(b) Remove the nuts 10-160, 10-280 and the washers 10-150, 10-270.
(c) Remove the bolts 10-140, 10-260, the roller assemblies 10-100, 10-220, the spacers
10-170, 10-290 and the washers 10-180, 10-190, 10-200, 10-300, 10-310, 10-320.
NOTE : Remove the bushes 10-120, 10-240 from the rollers 10-110, 10-230 only if
the replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-804-
A01).
(6) Remove and disassemble the guide roller assemblies 10-340 as follows:
(a) Remove the nuts 10-430, the bolts 10-410, the washers 10-420 and the guide roller
assembly 10-340 from the door structure.
(b) Remove the bolt 10-370, the nut 10-400, the washers 10-380, 10-390 and the ball
bearing 10-360 from the bracket 10-350.
Page 3007
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-000-805-A01
Structure Parts - Removal of the Sealing Angle
1. General
A. Temporarily attach the bolts, washers, nuts and screws loosely to their attachment lugs. This
will keep them together for the subsequent installation procedure.
B. The removal procedure is the same for the left and the right emergency doors. Thus only the
procedure for the removal of the sealing angle on the left door is given in this section, if not
specified differently.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-350-808-A01 Replacement of Riveted Parts
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Job Setup
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE COMPONENT IS CLEAN BEFORE YOU DISASSEMBLE
IT. THIS IS TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF INTERNAL PARTS.
Subtask 52-22-24-000-032-A01
A. Preliminary Procedures
(1) Do the TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION procedure or INSPECTION/CHECK to find
the cause of a malfunction or to make sure that the component is in the correct condition.
Use only the procedures that are necessary to get access to and to disassemble an
unserviceable item.
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-000-005-B01
A. Removal of the Sealing Angle
(1) Remove bolts 11-030 with the washers 11-060.
(2) Remove the sealing angles 11-010 and 11-020.
NOTE : Only remove the nut plate 11-070 if a replacement is necessary. Refer to REPAIR
TASK 52-22-24-350-808-A01.
Page 3008
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-000-806-A01
Structure Parts - Removal of the Cover and Locking Ramp
1. General
A. Temporarily attach the bolts, washers, nuts and screws loosely to their attachment lugs. This
will keep them together for the subsequent installation procedure.
B. The removal procedure is the same for the left and the right emergency doors. Thus only the
procedure for the removal of the cover and locking ramp on the left door is given in this section,
if not specified differently.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-210-809-A01 Door Seal
TASK 52-22-24-350-808-A01 Replacement of Riveted Parts
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Job Setup
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE COMPONENT IS CLEAN BEFORE YOU DISASSEMBLE
IT. THIS IS TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF INTERNAL PARTS.
Subtask 52-22-24-000-033-A01
A. Preliminary Procedures
(1) Do the TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION procedure or INSPECTION/CHECK to find
the cause of a malfunction or to make sure that the component is in the correct condition.
Use only the procedures that are necessary to get access to and to disassemble an
unserviceable item.
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-000-006-A01
A. Removal of the Cover and the Locking Ramp
Page 3009
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
NOTE : Remove the seal 33-020 from the cover only if the replacement is necessary
(Refer to CHECK TASK 52-22-24-210-809-A01).
(2) Remove the stop as follows:
(a) Remove the screws 33-150 , the nuts 33-140 and the shims 33-160, 33-170, 33-180.
(3) Remove the roller 33-190 as follows:
(a) Remove the screw 33-210, the roller 33-190 and the spacer 33-200.
(4) Remove the locking ramp as follows:
(a) Remove the screws 33-070, the washers 33-080, the locking ramp 33-060 and the
shims 33-090, 33-100, 33-110, 33-120.
Page 3010
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-000-807-A01
Door Locking Mechanism - Removal and Disassembly of the Locking Pin and the Spring Box
1. General
A. Temporarily attach the bolts, washers, nuts and screws loosely to their attachment lugs. This
will keep them together for the subsequent installation procedure.
B. The removal procedure is the same for the left and the right emergency doors. Thus only the
procedure for the removal of the locking pin and spring box on the left door is given in this
section, if not specified differently.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01 Replacement of Pressed-In Bushes
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Job Setup
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE COMPONENT IS CLEAN BEFORE YOU DISASSEMBLE
IT. THIS IS TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF INTERNAL PARTS.
Subtask 52-22-24-000-034-A01
A. Preliminary Procedures
(1) Do the TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION procedure or INSPECTION/CHECK to find
the cause of a malfunction or to make sure that the component is in the correct condition.
Use only the procedures that are necessary to get access to and to disassemble an
unserviceable item.
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-000-007-B01
A. Removal and Disassembly of the Locking Pin and the Spring Box
Page 3011
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(3) Remove the nut 16-130, the washer 16-110, the bolt 16-100, and the washer 16-120 from
the intermediate shaft connection.
(4) Release the rod 16-180 and remove it together with the locking pin assembly 16-060 and
the spacer 16-170.
(5) Remove the bushings 16-150 and 16-160.
(6) Attach the bushings 16-150 and 16-160 temporarily at their attachment lugs, so that you
can find them subsequently.
(7) Remove the cotter pin 16-140.
(8) Remove the nut 16-130, the washer 16-110, the bolt 16-100, the washers 16-120, the
spacer 16-170 and separate the rod 16-180 from the locking pin assembly 16-060.
NOTE : Remove the threaded insert 16-090 and the bearing 16-080 from the drift pin
16-070 only if the replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK
52-22-24-300-804-A01).
(9) Remove the bushings 16-150 and 16-160.
(10) Attach the bushings 16-150 and 16-160 temporarily at their attachment lugs, so that you
can find them subsequently.
(11) Remove the bolts 16-350, the washers 16-360 and the locking-pin fitting assembly 16-310.
NOTE : Remove the bearings 16-330 from the locking pin fitting 16-320 only if the
replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01
(12) Remove the cotter pin 16-300, the nut 16-130, the washer 16-120, the bolt 16-290, the
washer 16-120 and release the spring box assembly 16-190 from the intermediate shaft
connection.
(13) Disassemble the spring box assembly 16-190 as follows:
WARNING : THE SPRING IS LOADED. TAKE CARE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE
SPRING, IT IS ASSEMBLED UNDER A SPECIFIC LOAD. USE AN
APPLICABLE TOOL AND WEAR GLOVES WHEN YOU RELEASE THE
SPRING.
Page 3012
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(b) Remove the bolts 16-260, the washers 16-270, the piston assembly 16-200, the
compression-spring 16-280 and the washers 16-281 from the eye-end fitting 16-230.
NOTE : Remove the spherical bearing 16-250 from the eye-end fitting 16-240 and
the spherical bearing 16-220 from the piston 16-210 only if the replacement
is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01).
(c) Remove the nuts 16-400, the washers 16-390, the screws 16-380, the washers 16-390
and the bearing block 16-370.
Page 3013
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-000-807-B01
Door Locking Mechanism - Removal and Disassembly of the Locking Pin and Spring Box
1. General
A. Temporarily attach the bolts, washers, nuts and screws loosely to their attachment lugs. This
will keep them together for the subsequent installation procedure.
B. The removal procedure is the same for the left and the right emergency doors. Thus only the
procedure for the removal of the locking pin and spring box on the left door is given in this
section, if not specified differently.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01 Replacement of Pressed-In Bushes
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Job Setup
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE COMPONENT IS CLEAN BEFORE YOU DISASSEMBLE
IT. THIS IS TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF INTERNAL PARTS.
Subtask 52-22-24-000-036-A01
A. Preliminary Procedures
(1) Do the TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION procedure or INSPECTION/CHECK to find
the cause of a malfunction or to make sure that the component is in the correct condition.
Use only the procedures that are necessary to get access to and to disassemble an
unserviceable item.
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-000-035-A01
A. Removal and Disassembly of the Locking Pin and the Spring Box
Page 3014
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(3) Remove the nut 16A-130, the washer 16A-110, the bolt 16A-100, and the washer 16A-120
from the intermediate shaft connection.
(4) Release the rod 16A-180 and remove it together with the locking pin assembly 16A-060
and the spacer 16A-170.
(5) Remove the bushings 16A-150 and 16A-160.
(6) Attach the bushings 16A-150 and 16A-160 temporarily at their attachment lugs, so that
you can find them subsequently.
(7) Remove the cotter pin 16A-140.
(8) Remove the nut 16A-130, the washer 16A-110, the bolt 16A-100, the washers 16A-120, the
spacer 16A-170 and separate the rod 16A-180 from the locking pin assembly 16A-060.
NOTE : Remove the threaded insert 16A-090 and the bearing 16A-080 from the drift pin
16A-070 only if the replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK
52-22-24-300-804-A01).
(9) Remove the bushings 16A-150 and 16A-160.
(10) Attach the bushings 16A-150 and 16A-160 temporarily at their attachment lugs, so that
you can find them subsequently.
(11) Remove the bolts 16A-350, the washers 16A-360 and the locking-pin fitting assembly
16A-310.
NOTE : Remove the bearings 16A-330 from the locking pin fitting 16A-320 only if the
replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01
(12) Remove the cotter pin 16A-300, the nut 16A-130, the washer 16A-120, the bolt 16A-290,
the washer 16A-120 and release the spring box assembly 16A-190 from the intermediate
shaft connection.
(13) Disassemble the spring box assembly 16A-190 as follows:
WARNING : THE SPRING IS LOADED. TAKE CARE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE
SPRING, IT IS ASSEMBLED UNDER A SPECIFIC LOAD. USE AN
APPLICABLE TOOL AND WEAR GLOVES WHEN YOU RELEASE THE
SPRING.
Page 3015
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(b) Remove the bolts 16A-260, the washers 16A-270, the piston assembly 16A-200, the
compression-spring 16A-280 and the washers 16A-281 from the eye-end fitting
16A-230.
NOTE : Remove the spherical bearing 16A-250 from the eye-end fitting 16A-240
and the spherical bearing 16A-220 from the piston 16A-210 only if the
replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01).
(c) Remove the nuts 16A-400, the washers 16A-390, the screws 16A-380, the washers
16A-390 and the bearing block 16A-370.
Page 3016
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-000-808-A01
Removal and Disassembly of the Locking Hook and Connecting Rod
1. General
A. Temporarily attach the bolts, washers, nuts and screws loosely to their attachment lugs. This
will keep them together for the subsequent installation procedure.
B. The removal procedure is the same for the left and the right emergency doors. Thus only the
procedure for the removal of the locking hook and connecting rod on the left door is given in
this section, if not specified differently.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01 Replacement of Pressed-In Bushes
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Job Setup
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE COMPONENT IS CLEAN BEFORE YOU DISASSEMBLE
IT. THIS IS TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF INTERNAL PARTS.
Subtask 52-22-24-000-037-A01
A. Preliminary Procedures
(1) Do the TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION procedure or INSPECTION/CHECK to find
the cause of a malfunction or to make sure that the component is in the correct condition.
Use only the procedures that are necessary to get access to and to disassemble an
unserviceable item.
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-000-008-A01
A. Removal and Disassembly of the Locking Hook and Connecting Rod
NOTE : Remove the bushing 17-090 from the structure only if the replacement is
necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01).
Page 3017
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(2) Attach the washers 17-050, 17-060 temporarily at their attachment lugs, so that you can
find them subsequently.
(3) Remove the cotter pin 17-140.
(4) Remove the nut 17-130, the washer 17-070, the bolt 17-110, the washer 17-120, the
locking hook assembly 17-010 and release the connecting rod 17-240.
(5) Remove the bushings 17-150 and 17-160.
(6) Attach the bushings 17-150 and 17-160 temporarily at their attachment lugs, so that you
can find them subsequently.
NOTE : Remove the bushings 17-030 from the locking hook 17-020 only if the
replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01).
(7) Cut and remove the cable ties 17-180, 17-190.
(8) Remove the cotter pin 17-230.
(9) Remove the nut 17-130, the bolt 17-200, the washers 17-120 and the connecting rod
17-240 together with the bellows 17-170.
(10) Remove the bushings 17-210 and 17-220.
(11) Attach the bushings 17-210 and 17-220 temporarily at their attachment lugs, so that you
can find them subsequently.
(12) Disassemble the connecting rod 17-240 as follows:
NOTE : Refer to Para. (TBD) and Figure (TBD) if you disassemble the connecting rod
17-240.
Page 3018
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-000-809-A01
Removal and Disassembly of the Intermediate Shaft and Connecting Rod
1. General
A. Temporarily attach the bolts, washers, nuts and screws loosely to their attachment lugs. This
will keep them together for the subsequent installation procedure.
B. The removal procedure is the same for the left and the right emergency doors. Thus only the
procedure for the removal of the intermediate shaft and connecting rod on the left door is given
in this section, if not specified differently.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-000-807-A01 Door Locking Mechanism - Removal and Disassembly of the Locking
Pin and Spring Box
TASK 52-22-24-000-808-A01 Removal and Disassembly of the Locking Hook and Connecting Rod
TASK 52-22-24-350-802-A01 Replacement of the Swaged-In Spherical Bearings
TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01 Replacement of Pressed-In Bushes
TASK 52-22-24-350-801-A01 Replacement of the Bonded-In Bushes and Bearings
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Job Setup
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE COMPONENT IS CLEAN BEFORE YOU DISASSEMBLE
IT. THIS IS TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF INTERNAL PARTS.
Subtask 52-22-24-000-038-A01
A. Preliminary Procedures
(1) Do the TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION procedure or INSPECTION/CHECK to find
the cause of a malfunction or to make sure that the component is in the correct condition.
Use only the procedures that are necessary to get access to and to disassemble an
unserviceable item.
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-000-009-A01
A. Removal and Disassembly of the Intermediate Shaft and Connecting Rod
Page 3019
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
NOTE : Make sure that the connecting rod 16-180 and the spring box assembly 16-190 is
released before you remove the intermediate shaft (Refer to DISASSEMBLY, TASK
52-22-24-000-807-A01).
NOTE : Make sure that the rod 17-240 of the locking hook is released before you remove the
intermediate shaft (Refer to DISASSEMBLY,TASK 52-22-24-000-808-A01).
PRE SB 52-1062
(1) Remove the cotter pins 18-300.
(2) Remove the nuts 18-290, the washers 18-280, the bolts 18A-270 and the connecting rod
18-330.
(3) Remove the bushings 18-310 and 18-320.
(4) Attach the bushings 18-310 and 18-320 temporarily at their attachment lugs, so that you
can find them subsequently.
(5) Disassemble the connecting rod 18-330 as follows:
NOTE : Refer to Para. (TBD) and to Figure (TBD) if you disassemble the connecting
rod 18-330.
(6) Remove the nut 18-230, the washer 18-240, the lever 18-210, the spacer sleeve 18-220 and
the special washer 18-250.
NOTE : Remove the nut 18-393, the washer 18-395 and the target 18-390 from the lever
18-210 only if the replacement is necessary.
(7) Remove the nuts 18-230, 18-520, the bolts 18-490, 18-500, 18-510, the stop fitting 18-400
and release the support fitting assembly 18-050.
(8) Remove the nuts 18-200, the bolts 18-190 and the support fitting assembly 18-160.
NOTE : Remove the spherical bearing 18-180 from the support fitting 18-170 only if the
replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-350-802-A01).
(9) Remove the intermediate shaft 18-150 together with the attached parts.
(10) Remove the nut 18-140, the washer 18-130 and the bolt 18-120.
(11) Loosen the lockwashers 18-110 and remove them together with the screws 18-100.
(12) Remove the twin lever assembly 18-020, the support fitting assembly 18-050, the
intermediate lever 18-030 and the control lever 18-090.
NOTE : Remove the bearing 18-040 from the twin lever 18-030 only if a replacement is
necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-350-802-A01).
NOTE : Remove the bushing 18-070 from the support fitting 18-060 only if the
replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01).
Page 3020
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(13) Remove the nuts 18-450, the bolts 18-470 18-480, and the stop fitting 18-460.
NOTE : Remove the nuts 18-450, the washers 18-420 18-430, 18-440, and the stops
18-410 from the stop fittings 18-400, 18-460 only if the replacement is necessary.
NOTE : Remove the spherical bearing 18-260 from the door structure only if the
replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-350-802-A01).
POST SB 52-1062
(1) Remove the cotter pins 18-300.
(2) Remove the nuts 18-290, the washers 18-280, the bolts 18A-270 and the connecting rod
18-330.
(3) Remove the bushings 18-310 and 18-320.
(4) Attach the bushings 18-310 and 18-320 temporarily at their attachment lugs, so that you
can find them subsequently.
(5) Disassemble the connecting rod 18-330 as follows:
NOTE : Refer to Para. (TBD) and to Figure (TBD) if you disassemble the connecting
rod 18-330.
(6) Remove the nut 18-230, the washer 18-240, the lever 18-210, the spacer sleeve 18-220 and
the special washer 18-250.
NOTE : Remove the nut 18-393, the washer 18-395 and the target 18-390 from the lever
18-210 only if the replacement is necessary.
(7) Remove the nuts 18-230, 18-520, the bolts 18-490, 18-500, 18-510, the stop fitting 18-400
and release the support fitting assembly 18-050.
(8) Remove the nuts 18-200, the bolts 18-190 and the support fitting assembly 18-160.
NOTE : Remove the spherical bearing 18-180 from the support fitting 18-170 only if the
replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-350-802-A01).
(9) Remove the intermediate shaft 18-150 together with the attached parts.
(10) Remove the nut 18-140, the washer 18-130 and the bolt 18-120.
(11) Loosen the lockwashers 18-110 and remove them together with the screws 18-100.
(12) Remove the twin lever assembly 18-020, the support fitting assembly 18-050, the
intermediate lever 18-030 and the control lever 18-090.
NOTE : Remove the bearing 18-040 from the twin lever 18-030 only if a replacement is
necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-350-802-A01).
NOTE : Remove the bearing 18-070 from the support fitting 18-060 only if the
replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-350-801-A01).
Page 3021
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(13) Remove the nuts 18-450, the bolts 18-470 18-480, and the stop fitting 18-460.
NOTE : Remove the nuts 18-450, the washers 18-420 18-430, 18-440, and the stops
18-410 from the stop fittings 18-400, 18-460 only if the replacement is necessary.
NOTE : Remove the spherical bearing 18-260 from the door structure only if the
replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-350-802-A01).
Page 3022
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-000-809-B01
Removal and Disassembly of the Intermediate Shaft and Connecting Rod
1. General
A. Temporarily attach the bolts, washers, nuts and screws loosely to their attachment lugs. This
will keep them together for the subsequent installation procedure.
B. The removal procedure is the same for the left and the right emergency doors. Thus only the
procedure for the removal of the intermediate shaft and connecting rod on the left door is given
in this section, if not specified differently.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-000-807-A01 Door Locking Mechanism - Removal and Disassembly of the Locking
Pin and Spring Box
TASK 52-22-24-000-807-B01 Door Locking Mechanism - Removal and Disassembly of the Locking
Pin and Spring Box
TASK 52-22-24-000-808-A01 Removal and Disassembly of the Locking Hook and Connecting Rod
TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01 Replacement of Pressed-In Bushes
TASK 52-22-24-350-801-A01 Replacement of the Bonded-In Bushes and Bearings
TASK 52-22-24-350-802-A01 Replacement of the Swaged-In Spherical Bearings
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Job Setup
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE COMPONENT IS CLEAN BEFORE YOU DISASSEMBLE
IT. THIS IS TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF INTERNAL PARTS.
Subtask 52-22-24-000-039-A01
A. Preliminary Procedures
(1) Do the TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION procedure or INSPECTION/CHECK to find
the cause of a malfunction or to make sure that the component is in the correct condition.
Use only the procedures that are necessary to get access to and to disassemble an
unserviceable item.
Page 3023
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-000-040-A01
A. Removal and Disassembly of the Intermediate Shaft and Connecting Rod
NOTE : Make sure that the connecting rod 16-180, 16A-180 and the spring box assembly
16-190, 16A-190 is released before you remove the intermediate shaft (Refer to
DISASSEMBLY, TASK 52-22-24-000-807-A01TASK 52-22-24-000-807-B01).
NOTE : Make sure that the rod 17-240 of the locking hook is released before you remove the
intermediate shaft (Refer to DISASSEMBLY,TASK 52-22-24-000-808-A01).
(1) Remove the cotter pins 18A-300.
(2) Remove the nuts 18A-290, the washers 18A-280, the bolts 18A-270 and the connecting rod
18A-330.
(3) Remove the bushings 18A-310 and 18A-320.
(4) Attach the bushings 18A-310 and 18A-320 temporarily at their attachment lugs, so that
you can find them subsequently.
(5) Disassemble the connecting rod 18A-330 as follows:
NOTE : Refer to Para. (TBD) and Figure (TBD) if you disassemble the connecting rod
18A-330.
(6) Remove the nut 18A-200 and the bolt 18A-190.
(7) Remove the support fitting assembly 18A-160.
NOTE : Remove the spherical bearing 18A-180 from the support fitting 18A-170 only if
the replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01).
(8) Remove the nuts 18A-231, 18A-450, 18A-520, the bolts 18A-470, 18A-480, 18A-490,
18A-500, 18A-510, the stop fittings 18A-400, 18A-460 and release the support fitting
assembly 18A-050.
(9) Remove the stop fittings 18A-400, 18A-460.
NOTE : Remove the nuts 18A-450, the washers 18A-420, 18A-430, 18A-440 and the stop
bolts 18A-410 only if the replacement is necessary.
(10) Remove the intermediate shaft 18A-150.
NOTE : Remove the bearing 18A-070 from the support fitting 18A-060 only if the
replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-350-801-A01).
NOTE : Remove the spherical bearing 18A-260 from the door structure only if the
replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-350-802-A01
Page 3024
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
NOTE : Remove the nut 18A-157, the washer 18A-158 and the target 18A-155 from the
lever 18A-152 only if the replacement is necessary.
(14) Remove the screws 18A-100 and the lock washers 18A-110.
(15) Remove the twin lever assembly18A-020 and the intermediate lever 18A-080.
(16) Remove the nut 18A-140 and the washer 18A-130.
(17) Remove the bolt 18A-120 and the control lever 18A-090.
Page 3025
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-000-810-A01
Removal of the Locking Shaft
1. General
A. Temporarily attach the bolts, washers, nuts and screws loosely to their attachment lugs. This
will keep them together for the subsequent installation procedure.
B. The removal procedure is the same for the left and the right emergency doors. Thus only the
procedure for the removal of the locking shaft on the left door is given in this section, if not
specified differently.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-000-809-A01 Removal and Disassembly of the Intermediate Shaft and Connecting
TASK 52-22-24-350-802-A01 Replacement of the Swaged-In Spherical Bearings
TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01 Replacement of Pressed-In Bushes
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Job Setup
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE COMPONENT IS CLEAN BEFORE YOU DISASSEMBLE
IT. THIS IS TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF INTERNAL PARTS.
Subtask 52-22-24-000-041-A01
A. Preliminary Procedures
(1) Do the TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION procedure or INSPECTION/CHECK to find
the cause of a malfunction or to make sure that the component is in the correct condition.
Use only the procedures that are necessary to get access to and to disassemble an
unserviceable item.
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-000-010-B01
A. Removal of the Locking Shaft
Page 3026
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
NOTE : Make sure that the connecting rods 18-330 are released, before you remove the
locking shaft (Refer to DISASSEMBLY, TASK 52-22-24-000-809-A01).
(5) Remove the cotter pins 19-310, the nuts 19-360, the washers 19-300, 19-350, the bolts
19-330, 19-340 and the rod 19-400.
(6) Remove the bushings 19-370, 19-380, 19-390.
(7) Attach the bushings 19-370, 19-380, 19-390 and the washers 19-300, 19-350 temporarily at
their attachment lugs, so that you can find them subsequently.
(8) Disassemble the connecting rod 19-400 as follows:
NOTE : Refer to Para. (TBD) and Figure (TBD) if you disassemble the connecting rod
19-400.
(9) Remove the nuts 19-210, the bolts 19-200 and the support fitting assembly 19-170.
NOTE : Remove the spherical bearing 19-190 from the support fitting 19-180 only, if the
replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-350-802-A01).
(10) Remove the washers 19-460, 19-470.
(11) Attach the washers 19-460, 19-470 temporarily at their attachment lugs, so that you can
find them subsequently.
(12) Remove the nuts 19-230, 19-250, the bolts 19-220, 19-240 and release the support fitting
assembly 19-140.
(13) Remove the screws 19-050 and the lock washers 19-060.
(14) Pull the locking shaft assembly 19-010 laterally and remove it together with the indicator-
lever 19-110, the lever 19-120, the support fitting assembly 19-140, the serrated-sleeve
19-020, the lever 19-030 and the fork lever 19-040.
NOTE : Remove the spherical bearing 19-320 from the door structure only, if the
replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-350-802-A01).
NOTE : Remove the bushing 19-160 from the support fitting 19-150 only, if the
replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01).
(15) Remove the serrated sleeve 19-020 together with the lever 19-030 from the locking shaft
19-130.
(16) Separate the lever 19-030 from the serrated sleeve 19-020.
Page 3027
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(17) Remove the fork lever 19-040, the lever 19-120 and the indicator lever 19-110 from the
locking shaft 19-130.
NOTE : Remove the nuts 19-100, the set screws 19-070, the locking devices 19-080 and
the retaining rings 19-090 from the fork lever 19-040 and the lever 19-120 only, if
the replacement is necessary.
Page 3028
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-000-810-B01
Removal of the Locking Shaft
1. General
A. Temporarily attach the bolts, washers, nuts and screws loosely to their attachment lugs. This
will keep them together for the subsequent installation procedure.
B. The removal procedure is the same for the left and the right emergency doors. Thus only the
procedure for the removal of the locking shaft on the left door is given in this section, if not
specified differently.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-000-809-B01 Removal and Disassembly of the Intermediate Shaft and Connecting
TASK 52-22-24-350-802-A01 Replacement of the Swaged-In Spherical Bearings
TASK 52-22-24-350-801-A01 Replacement of the Bonded-In Bushes and Bearings
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Job Setup
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE COMPONENT IS CLEAN BEFORE YOU DISASSEMBLE
IT. THIS IS TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF INTERNAL PARTS.
Subtask 52-22-24-000-042-A01
A. Preliminary Procedures
(1) Do the TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION procedure or INSPECTION/CHECK to find
the cause of a malfunction or to make sure that the component is in the correct condition.
Use only the procedures that are necessary to get access to and to disassemble an
unserviceable item.
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-000-043-A01
A. Removal of the Locking Shaft
Page 3029
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(2) Remove the washer 19A-300, the pin 19A-290 and release the indicator lever 19A-110.
(3) Remove the cotter pin 19A-280.
(4) Remove the washer 19A-270, the pin 19A-260 and release indicator lever 19A-110.
NOTE : Make sure that the connecting rods 18A-330 are released, before you remove the
locking shaft (Refer to DISASSEMBLY, TASK 52-22-24-000-809-B01).
(5) Remove the cotter pins 19A-310, the nuts 19A-360, the washers 19A-300, 19A-350, the
bolts 19A-330, 19A-340 and the rod 19A-400.
(6) Remove the bushings 19A-370, 19A-380, 19A-390.
(7) Attach the bushings 19A-370, 19A-380, 19A-390 and the washers 19A-300, 19A-350
temporarily at their attachment lugs, so that you can find them subsequently.
(8) Disassemble the connecting rod 19A-400 as follows:
NOTE : Refer to Para. (TBD) and Figure (TBD) if you disassemble the connecting rod
19A-400.
(9) Remove the nuts 19A-210, the bolts 19A-200 and the support fitting assembly 19A-170.
NOTE : Remove the spherical bearing 19A-190 from the support fitting 19A-180 only, if
the replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-350-802-A01).
(10) Remove the washers 19A-460, 19A-470, 19A-480.
(11) Attach the washers 19A-460, 19A-470, 19A-480 temporarily at their attachment lugs, so
that you can find them subsequently.
(12) Remove the screws 19A-050 and the lock washers 19A-060.
(13) Pull the locking shaft assembly 19A-010 laterally and remove it together with the indicator-
lever 19A-110, the lever 19A-120, the washers 19A-131, 19A-132, 19A-133, 19A-134, the
serrated-sleeve 19A-020, the lever 19A-030 and the fork lever 19A-040.
(14) Remove the serrated sleeve 19A-020 together with the lever 19A-030 from the locking shaft
19A-130.
NOTE : Remove the bearing 19A-160 from the door structure only, if the replacement is
necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-350-801-A01).
(15) Separate the lever 19A-030 from the serrated sleeve 19A-020.
(16) Remove the fork lever 19A-040, the lever 19A-120 and the indicator lever 19A-110 from
the locking shaft 19A-130.
NOTE : Remove the nuts 19A-100, the set screws 19A-070, the locking devices 19A-080
and the retaining rings 19A-090 from the fork lever 19A-040 and the lever
19A-120 only, if the replacement is necessary.
Page 3030
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-000-811-A01
Removal of the Locking Indicator
1. General
A. Temporarily attach the bolts, washers, nuts and screws loosely to their attachment lugs. This
will keep them together for the subsequent installation procedure.
B. The removal procedure is the same for the left and the right emergency doors. Thus only the
procedure for the removal of the locking indicator on the left door is given in this section, if not
specified differently.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-000-810-A01 Removal of the Locking Shaft
TASK 52-22-24-000-810-B01 Removal of the Locking Shaft
TASK 52-22-24-350-805-A01 Replacement of the Door Placard
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Job Setup
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE COMPONENT IS CLEAN BEFORE YOU DISASSEMBLE
IT. THIS IS TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF INTERNAL PARTS.
Subtask 52-22-24-000-044-A01
A. Preliminary Procedures
(1) Do the TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION procedure or INSPECTION/CHECK to find
the cause of a malfunction or to make sure that the component is in the correct condition.
Use only the procedures that are necessary to get access to and to disassemble an
unserviceable item.
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-000-011-A01
A. Removal of the Locking Indicator
NOTE : Make sure that the indicator lever 19-110 is released before you remove the locking
indicator (Refer to TASK 52-22-24-000-810-A01TASK 52-22-24-000-810-B01).
Page 3031
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(1) Remove the four nuts 20-160 which attach the indicator base 20-140 to the structure.
(2) Remove the bolts 20-150 and the indicator base 20-140 together with the attached parts.
(3) Remove the screws 20-020 the washers 20-030, and the indicator plate 20-010 from the
indicator base 20-140.
(4) Remove the cotter pin 20-120.
(5) Remove the washer 20-110, the bolt 20-100 and the indicator 20-090 from the indicator
fitting 20-130.
(6) Remove the nuts 20-160, the bolts 20-150 and the indicator fitting 20-130 from the
indicator base 20-140.
(7) Remove the cotter pin 20-080, the washer 20-070, the pin 20-060 and the joint 20-050
from the indicator 20-090.
NOTE : Remove the placards 20-170, 20-180 from the indicator 20-090 only if the
replacement is necessary. Refer to REPAIR TASK 52-22-24-350-805-A01.
Page 3032
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-000-812-A01
Removal of the Transmission Shaft
1. General
A. Temporarily attach the bolts, washers, nuts and screws loosely to their attachment lugs. This
will keep them together for the subsequent installation procedure.
B. The removal procedure is the same for the left and the right emergency doors. Thus only the
procedure for the removal of the transmission shaft on the left door is given in this section, if
not specified differently.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01 Replacement of Pressed-In Bushes
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Job Setup
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE COMPONENT IS CLEAN BEFORE YOU DISASSEMBLE
IT. THIS IS TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF INTERNAL PARTS.
Subtask 52-22-24-000-045-A01
A. Preliminary Procedures
(1) Do the TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION procedure or INSPECTION/CHECK to find
the cause of a malfunction or to make sure that the component is in the correct condition.
Use only the procedures that are necessary to get access to and to disassemble an
unserviceable item.
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-000-012-A01
A. Removal of the Transmission Shaft
Page 3033
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(4) Attach the bushings 21-280, 21-290 temporarily to their attachment lugs, so that you can
find them subsequently.
(5) Remove the cotter pins 21-270.
(6) Remove the nuts 21-260, the washers 21-250, the bolts 21-240 and remove the connecting
rod assembly 21-170.
(7) Disassemble the connecting rod assembly 21-170 as follows:
(a) Measure the length of the connecting rod assembly 21-170 between the pivot points
and make a note of the dimension.
NOTE : Remove the bushings 21-090 and 21-100 from the door structure only, if the
replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01).
Page 3034
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-000-813-A01
Removal and Disassembly of the Connecting Rod Assemblies
1. General
A. Temporarily attach the bolts, washers, nuts and screws loosely to their attachment lugs. This
will keep them together for the subsequent installation procedure.
B. The removal procedure is the same for the left and the right emergency doors. Thus only the
procedure for the removal of the connecting rod assemblies on the left door is given in this
section, if not specified differently.
2. Job Setup
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE COMPONENT IS CLEAN BEFORE YOU DISASSEMBLE
IT. THIS IS TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF INTERNAL PARTS.
Subtask 52-22-24-000-046-A01
A. Preliminary Procedures
(1) Do the TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION procedure or INSPECTION/CHECK to find
the cause of a malfunction or to make sure that the component is in the correct condition.
Use only the procedures that are necessary to get access to and to disassemble an
unserviceable item.
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-000-013-A01
A. Removal and Disassembly of the Connecting Rod Assemblies
Page 3035
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
NOTE : Refer to Para. (TBD) and Figure (TBD) if you disassemble the connecting rod
22-200.
Page 3036
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-000-814-A01
Removal of the External Control Handle Assembly
1. General
A. Temporarily attach the bolts, washers, nuts and screws loosely to their attachment lugs. This
will keep them together for the subsequent installation procedure.
B. The removal procedure is the same for the left and the right emergency doors. Thus only the
procedure for the removal of the control handle assembly on the left door is given in this section,
if not specified differently.
2. Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-350-801-A01 Replacement of the Bonded-In Bushes and Bearings
TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01 Replacement of Pressed-In Bushes
TASK 52-22-24-000-812-A01 Removal of the Transmission Shaft
TASK 52-22-24-000-813-A01 Removal and Disassembly of the Connecting Rod Assemblies
TASK 52-22-24-000-806-A01 Structure Parts - Removal of the Cover and Locking Ramp
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Job Setup
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE COMPONENT IS CLEAN BEFORE YOU DISASSEMBLE
IT. THIS IS TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF INTERNAL PARTS.
Subtask 52-22-24-000-047-A01
A. Preliminary Procedures
(1) Do the TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION procedure or INSPECTION/CHECK to find
the cause of a malfunction or to make sure that the component is in the correct condition.
Use only the procedures that are necessary to get access to and to disassemble an
unserviceable item.
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-000-014-B01
A. Removal of the External Control Handle Assembly
Page 3037
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
NOTE : For the removal of the bonded-in bushes 23-090, 23-120 refer to REPAIR TASK
52-22-24-350-801-A01 and the pressed-in bushes 23-030, refer to REPAIR TASK
52-22-24-300-804-A01.
NOTE : For the removal of the rod assemblies21-170 refer to DISASSEMBLY TASK
52-22-24-000-812-A01 and 22-010 refer to TASK 52-22-24-000-813-A01.
(1) Remove the nuts 23-065 and the bolts 23-050 from the fitting assembly 23-010.
NOTE : For the removal of the cover assembly 33-010 refer to DISASSEMBLY, TASK
52-22-24-000-806-A01.
(2) Remove the fitting assembly 23-010 from the door structure.
(3) Release the key washer 23-150.
(4) Remove the nuts 23-140 and the key washer 23-150.
(5) Remove the cotter pin 23-420.
(6) Remove the nut 23-410 and the washers 23-360, 23-380, 23-390, 23-400.
(7) Remove the nuts 23-060 and the bolts 23-040 from the bearing flange assembly 23-070.
(8) Remove the bearing flange assembly 23-070 from the door structure.
(9) Remove the washers 23-360, 23-370 from the external control-handle shaft 23-470.
(10) Release the lock washer 23-320 and remove the screw 23-460 from the lever 23-450.
(11) Release the lever 23-450 from the external control handle shaft 23-470.
(12) Release the lock washer 23-320 and remove the screw 23-310 from the lever 23-300.
(13) Release the lever 23-300 from the hollow shaft 23-430 to the external control-handle shaft
23-470.
(14) Move the spacer 23-330 and the washer 23-350 from the hollow shaft 23-430 to the
external control-handle shaft 23-470.
(15) Remove the nut 23-290 and the bolt 23-280 from the lever 23-180.
(16) Release the lever assembly 23-170 from the hollow shaft 23-430 to the external control-
handle shaft 23-470.
(17) Move the spacer 23-330, the washer 23-350 and the washers 23-340 from the hollow shaft
23-430 to the external control-handle shaft 23-470.
(18) Remove the nuts 23-060 and the bolts 23-040 from the flange assembly 23-100.
(19) Remove the flange assembly 23-100 together with the hollow shaft 23-430 from the door
structure.
(20) Push the flange assembly 23-100 together with the hollow shaft 23-430 to the inside of the
door structure so that you get access to the packing 23-440.
(21) Cut and remove the packing 23-440.
Page 3038
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 3039
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-000-814-B01
Removal of the External Control Handle Assembly
1. General
A. Temporarily attach the bolts, washers, nuts and screws loosely to their attachment lugs. This
will keep them together for the subsequent installation procedure.
B. The removal procedure is the same for the left and the right emergency doors. Thus only the
procedure for the removal of the control handle assembly on the left door is given in this section,
if not specified differently.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-350-801-A01 Replacement of the Bonded-In Bushes and Bearings
TASK 52-22-24-000-812-A01 Removal of the Transmission Shaft
TASK 52-22-24-000-813-A01 Removal and Disassembly of the Connecting Rod Assemblies
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Job Setup
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE COMPONENT IS CLEAN BEFORE YOU DISASSEMBLE
IT. THIS IS TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF INTERNAL PARTS.
Subtask 52-22-24-000-048-A01
A. Preliminary Procedures
(1) Do the TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION procedure or INSPECTION/CHECK to find
the cause of a malfunction or to make sure that the component is in the correct condition.
Use only the procedures that are necessary to get access to and to disassemble an
unserviceable item.
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-000-049-A01
A. Removal of the External Control Handle Assembly
NOTE : For the removal of the bonded-in bushes 23A-090, 23A-120 refer to REPAIR TASK
52-22-24-350-801-A01.
Page 3040
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
NOTE : For the removal of the rod assemblies21-170 refer to DISASSEMBLY TASK
52-22-24-000-812-A01 and 22-010 refer to TASK 52-22-24-000-813-A01.
(1) Release the key washer 23A-150.
(2) Remove the nuts 23A-140 and the key washer 23A-150.
(3) Remove the cotter pin 23A-420.
(4) Remove the nut 23A-410 and the washers 23A-360, 23A-380, 23A-390, 23A-400.
(5) Remove the nuts 23A-060 and the bolts 23A-040 from the bearing flange assembly TBD.
(6) Remove the bearing flange assembly TBD from the door structure.
(7) Remove the washers 23A-360, 23A-370 from the external control-handle shaft TBD.
(8) Release the lock washer 23A-320 and remove the screw 23A-460 from the lever 23A-450.
(9) Release the lever 23A-450 from the external control handle shaft TBD.
(10) Release the lock washer 23A-320 and remove the screw 23A-310 from the lever 23A-300.
(11) Release the lever 23A-300 from the hollow shaft 23A-430 to the external control-handle
shaft TBD.
(12) Move the spacer 23A-330 and the washer 23A-350 from the hollow shaft 23A-430 to the
external control-handle shaft TBD.
(13) Remove the nut 23A-290 and the bolt 23A-280 from the lever 23A-180.
(14) Release the lever assembly TBD from the hollow shaft 23A-430 to the external control-
handle shaft TBD.
(15) Move the spacer 23A-330, the washer 23A-350 and the washers 23A-340 from the hollow
shaft 23A-430 to the external control-handle shaft TBD.
(16) Remove the nuts 23A-060 and the bolts 23A-040 from the flange assembly 23A-100.
(17) Remove the flange assembly 23A-100 together with the hollow shaft 23A-430 from the
door structure.
(18) Push the flange assembly 23A-100 together with the hollow shaft 23A-430 to the inside of
the door structure so that you get access to the packing 23A-440.
(19) Cut and remove the packing 23A-440.
Page 3041
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(21) Open the circlip 23A-160 and remove the external control handle shaft TBD together with
the serrated washers 23A-480 to the outside of the door.
NOTE : Remove the plain bearing 23A-490 only, if the replacement is necessary. Refer to
REPAIR TASK 52-22-24-350-801-A01.
(22) Remove the levers 23A-450, 23A-300, the spacer 23A-330, the washer 23A-350 the bearing
flange assembly 23A-100, the hollow shaft 23A-430, the washers 23A-340, 23A-350, the
spacer 23A-330, the lever assembly TBD and the external control handle 23A-130 from the
external control-handle shaft TBD.
(23) Disassemble the lever assembly TBD as follows:
(a) Remove the cotter pin 23A-220.
(b) Remove the nut 23A-210 and the washer TBD.
(c) Remove the bolt 23A-190 together with the spacer 23A-260, the bush 23A-270, the
bearing 23A-240 and the roller 23A-250.
(d) Remove the spacer 23A-260, the bush 23A-270, the roller 23A-250 and the bearing
23A-240 from the bolt 23A-190.
Page 3042
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-000-814-C01
Removal of the External Control Handle Assembly
1. General
A. Temporarily attach the bolts, washers, nuts and screws loosely to their attachment lugs. This
will keep them together for the subsequent installation procedure.
B. The removal procedure is the same for the left and the right emergency doors. Thus only the
procedure for the removal of the control handle assembly on the left door is given in this section,
if not specified differently.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-350-801-A01 Replacement of the Bonded-In Bushes and Bearings
TASK 52-22-24-000-812-A01 Removal of the Transmission Shaft
TASK 52-22-24-000-813-A01 Removal and Disassembly of the Connecting Rod Assemblies
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Job Setup
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE COMPONENT IS CLEAN BEFORE YOU DISASSEMBLE
IT. THIS IS TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF INTERNAL PARTS.
Subtask 52-22-24-000-050-A01
A. Preliminary Procedures
(1) Do the TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION procedure or INSPECTION/CHECK to find
the cause of a malfunction or to make sure that the component is in the correct condition.
Use only the procedures that are necessary to get access to and to disassemble an
unserviceable item.
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-000-052-A01
A. Removal of the External Control Handle Assembly
Page 3043
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
NOTE : For the removal of the bonded-in bushes 23B-090, 23B-120 refer to REPAIR TASK
52-22-24-350-801-A01.
NOTE : For the removal of the rod assemblies21-170 refer to DISASSEMBLY TASK
52-22-24-000-812-A01 and 22-010 refer to TASK 52-22-24-000-813-A01.
(1) Release the key washer 23B-150.
(2) Remove the nuts 23B-140 and the key washer 23B-150.
(3) Remove the cotter pin 23B-420.
(4) Remove the nut 23B-410 and the washers 23B-363, 23B-380, 23B-390, 23B-400.
(5) Remove the nuts 23B-060 and the bolts 23B-040 from the bearing flange assembly
23B-070 and 23B-100
(6) Remove the bearing flange assembly 23B-070 from the door structure.
(7) Release the lock washer 23B-320 and remove the screw 23B-460 from the lever 23B-450.
(8) Release the lever 23B-450 from the external control handle shaft 23B-470.
(9) Release the lock washer 23B-320 and remove the screw 23B-310 from the lever 23B-300.
(10) Release the lever 23B-300 from the hollow shaft 23B-430 to the external control-handle
shaft 23B-470.
(11) Move the spacer 23B-330 and the washer 23B-350 from the hollow shaft 23B-430 to the
external control-handle shaft 23B-470.
(12) Remove the nut 23B-290 and the bolt 23B-280 from the lever assembly 23B-170.
(13) Release the lever assembly 23B-170 from the hollow shaft 23B-430 to the external control-
handle shaft 23B-470.
(14) Move the spacer 23B-330, the washers 23B-350 and 23B-340 from the hollow shaft
23B-430 to the external control-handle shaft 23B-470.
(15) Push the flange assembly 23B-100 together with the hollow shaft 23B-430 to the inside of
the door structure so that you get access to the packing 23B-440.
(16) Cut and remove the packing 23B-440.
NOTE : Remove the bearing 23B-490 only, if the replacement is necessary. Refer to
REPAIR TASK 52-22-24-350-801-A01.
Page 3044
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(19) Remove the washers 23B-365, 23B-370, the levers 23B-450, 23B-300, the spacer 23B-330,
the washer 23B-350, the bearing flange assembly 23B-100, the hollow shaft 23B-430, the
washers 23B-340, 23B-350, the spacer 23B-330, the lever assembly 23B-170 and the
external control handle 23B-130 from the external control-handle shaft 23B-470.
(20) Disassemble the lever assembly 23B-170 as follows:
(a) Remove the cotter pin 23B-220.
(b) Remove the nut 23B-210 and the washer 23B-200.
(c) Remove the bolt 23B-190 together with the spacer 23B-260, the bush 23B-270, the
bearing 23B-240 and the roller 23B-250.
(d) Remove the spacer 23B-260, the bush 23B-270, the roller 23B-250 and the bearing
23B-240 from the bolt 23B-190.
Page 3045
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-000-815-A01
Disassembly of the External Control Handle Assembly
1. General
A. Temporarily attach the bolts, washers, nuts and screws loosely to their attachment lugs. This
will keep them together for the subsequent installation procedure.
B. The removal procedure is the same for the left and the right emergency doors. Thus only the
procedure for the removal of the external control handle assembly on the left door is given in
this section, if not specified differently.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-350-801-A01 Replacement of the Bonded-In Bushes and Bearings
TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01 Replacement of Pressed-In Bushes
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Job Setup
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE COMPONENT IS CLEAN BEFORE YOU DISASSEMBLE
IT. THIS IS TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF INTERNAL PARTS.
Subtask 52-22-24-000-053-A01
A. Preliminary Procedures
(1) Do the TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION procedure or INSPECTION/CHECK to find
the cause of a malfunction or to make sure that the component is in the correct condition.
Use only the procedures that are necessary to get access to and to disassemble an
unserviceable item.
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-000-015-A01
A. Disassembly of the External Control Handle Assembly
Page 3046
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
NOTE : For the removal of the bonded-in bushes 24-020 and bearings 24-250, 24-300 refer to
REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-350-801-A01 and for the pressed-in bushes 24-500, 25-020,
25-030, 25-040, 25-130, 25-140 refer to TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01.
(1) Remove the hook assembly 24-010 and the attachment parts as follows:
(a) Remove the retaining rings 24-200, the washers 24-190, the pivot pins 24-180 and the
actuating rods 24-170 from the hook assembly 24-010.
(b) Remove the cotter pin 24-090.
(c) Remove the nut 24-080, the washer 24-070 and the bolt 24-040.
(d) Pull down the fork end fitting 24-210 and remove the bush 24-050, the washers
24-060 and the hook assembly 24-010.
(e) Remove the nut 24-390, the bolt 24-380, the fork end fitting 24-210 and the bush
24-220.
(2) Remove the setscrew 24-110 and the attachment parts:
(a) Remove the plug 24-100.
(b) Remove the nut 24-130 and the rod end lock 24-140.
(c) Remove the adjusting bolt 24-120 and the setscrew 24-110 from the shaft 24-160.
(d) Remove the retaining ring 24-150 and the shaft 24-160.
(3) Remove the lever assembly 24-410 as follows:
(a) Remove the cotter pins 24-550.
(b) Remove the nuts 24-540, the washers 24-530 and the pivot pins 24-520.
(c) Remove the cotter pin 25-300.
(d) Remove the nut 25-290, the washer 25-280, the bolt 25-260, the lever assembly
24-410 and the bush 25-270 from the actuating rod 24-570.
(4) Disassemble the lever assembly 24-410 as follows:
(a) Remove the nuts 24-440, the washers 24-430 and the stops 24-420.
(b) Release the tabwasher 24-460 and remove the nut 24-470, the bolt 24-450, the
tabwashers 24-460, and the bushes 24-480, 24-490.
(5) Remove the actuating rod 24-570 as follows:
(a) Remove the cotter pin 24-090.
(b) Remove the nut 24-080, the washer 24-070, the bolt 24-380, the actuating rod 24-570
and the spacers 25-090.
(6) Disassemble the actuating rod 24-570 as follows:
Page 3047
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(a) Remove the retaining ring 25-190, the washer 25-180, the pivot pin 25-170 and the
links 25-160 from the connecting rod 25-200.
(b) Remove the spacers 25-100 from the bush 25-110.
(c) Remove the bush 25-110 from the bellcrank assembly 25-010.
(d) Remove the guide sleeve 25-310, the lower spring 25-320 and the washers 25-330
from the connecting rod 25-200.
(e) Remove the retaining ring 25-080, the washer 25-070, the pivot pin TBD and the
bellcrank assembly 25-010 from the spring retainer assembly 25-120.
Subtask 52-22-24-000-015-B01
B. Disassembly of the External Control Handle Assembly
NOTE : For the removal of the bonded-in bushes 24-020 and bearings 24-250, 24-300 refer to
REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-350-801-A01 and for the pressed-in bushes 24-500, 25A-020,
25A-030, 25A-040, 25A-130, 25A-140 refer to TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01.
(1) Remove the hook assembly 24-010 and the attachment parts as follows:
(a) Remove the retaining rings 24-200, the washers 24-190, the pivot pins 24-180 and the
actuating rods 24-170 from the hook assembly 24-010.
(b) Remove the cotter pin 24-090.
(c) Remove the nut 24-080, the washer 24-070 and the bolt 24-040.
(d) Pull down the fork end fitting 24-210 and remove the bush 24-050, the washers
24-060 and the hook assembly 24-010.
Page 3048
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(e) Remove the nut 24-390, the bolt 24-380, the fork end fitting 24-210 and the bush
24-220.
(2) Remove the setscrew 24-110 and the attachment parts:
(a) Remove the plug 24-100.
(b) Remove the nut 24-130 and the rod end lock 24-140.
(c) Remove the adjusting bolt 24-120 and the setscrew 24-110 from the shaft 24-160.
(d) Remove the retaining ring 24-150 and the shaft 24-160.
(3) Remove the lever assembly 24-410 as follows:
(a) Remove the cotter pins 24-550.
(b) Remove the nuts 24-540, the washers 24-530 and the pivot pins 24-520.
(c) Remove the cotter pin 25A-300.
(d) Remove the nut 25A-290, the washer 25A-280, the bolt 25A-260, the lever assembly
24-410 and the bush 25A-270 from the actuating rod 24-570.
(4) Disassemble the lever assembly 24-410 as follows:
(a) Remove the nuts 24-440, the washers 24-430 and the stops 24-420.
(b) Release the tabwasher 24-460 and remove the nut 24-470, the bolt 24-450, the
tabwashers 24-460, and the bushes 24-480, 24-490.
(5) Remove the actuating rod 24-570 as follows:
(a) Remove the cotter pin 24-090.
(b) Remove the nut 24-080, the washer 24-070, the bolt 24-380, the actuating rod 24-570
and the spacers 25A-090.
(6) Disassemble the actuating rod 24-570 as follows:
Page 3049
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(f) Remove the nut 25A-250, the bush 25A-240, the spacer washers 25A-230, the upper
spring 25A-220, the spring retainer assembly 25A-120, the washers 25A-350 and the
spacer 25A-210 from the upper end of the connecting rod 25A-200.
(7) Remove the nuts 24-390, the screws 24-400, the bolts 24-380, the flange lever assembly
24-230, the flange assembly 24-280 and the fork end fitting 24-330.
(8) Remove the screws 24-350 and the bushes 24-360, 24-370 from the fork end fitting 24-330.
Page 3050
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-000-816-A01
Removal and Disassembly of the Internal Control Handle
1. General
A. Temporarily attach the bolts, washers, nuts and screws loosely to their attachment lugs. This
will keep them together for the subsequent installation procedure.
B. The removal procedure is the same for the left and the right emergency doors. Thus only the
procedure for the removal of the internal control handle on the left door is given in this section,
if not specified differently.
2. Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-000-806-A01 Structure Parts - Removal of the Cover and Locking Ramp
TASK 52-22-24-000-813-A01 Removal and Disassembly of the Connecting Rod Assemblies
TASK 52-22-24-000-810-A01 Removal of the Locking Shaft
TASK 52-22-24-350-801-A01 Replacement of the Bonded-In Bushes and Bearings
TASK 52-22-24-350-803-A01 Replacement of Threaded Inserts
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Job Setup
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE COMPONENT IS CLEAN BEFORE YOU DISASSEMBLE
IT. THIS IS TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF INTERNAL PARTS.
Subtask 52-22-24-000-054-A01
A. Preliminary Procedures
(1) Do the TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION procedure or INSPECTION/CHECK to find
the cause of a malfunction or to make sure that the component is in the correct condition.
Use only the procedures that are necessary to get access to and to disassemble an
unserviceable item.
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-000-016-A01
A. Removal and Disassembly of the Internal Control Handle
Page 3051
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
NOTE : Make sure that the connecting rod assemblies 22-010, 22-200 are released , before you
remove the internal control handle (Refer to DISASSEMBLY, TASK
52-22-24-000-813-A01).
NOTE : Make sure that the connecting rod assembly 19-400 is released, before you remove the
internal control handle (Refer to DISASSEMBLY, TASK 52-22-24-000-810-A01).
(1) Put the internal control handle assembly 26-130 in the ’OPEN’ position and remove the
nuts 26-110.
(2) Put the internal control handle assembly 26-130 in the ’CLOSED’ position and remove the
bolts 26-100.
(3) Remove the lever 26-090.
(4) Remove the nut 26-110, the bolt 26-410 and release the twin lever 26-380.
PRE SB 52-1062
(5) Remove the nuts 26-055, the bolts 26-047 and the support fitting assembly 26-010 with the
cover 26-450.
NOTE : Remove the shouldered bushing 26-030 from the support fitting 26-020 only, if
the replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-350-801-A01).
POST SB 52-1062
(5) Remove the nuts 26-055, the bolts 26-040, 26-047 and the support fitting assembly 26-010
with the cover 26-450.
NOTE : Remove the bushing 26-030 from the support fitting 26-020 only, if the
replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-350-801-A01).
ALL VARIANTS
(6) Pull the internal control-handle assembly shaft 26-400 laterally and remove the serrated
bush 26-120, the washers26-420, TBD, TBD and the internal control handle assembly
26-130.
(7) Remove the twin lever 26-380 and the special washers 26-060, 26-070.
NOTE : Remove the bush 26-390 from the structure, only if the replacement is necessary
(Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-350-801-A01).
(8) Remove the internal control-handle shaft 26-400.
(9) Disassemble the internal control handle assembly 26-130 as follows:
(a) Remove the plug 26-140, the retaining ring 26-150, the washer 26-160 and the grip
26-170.
(b) Remove the washer 26-160 and the retaining ring 26-150.
Page 3052
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(c) Release the tab washer 26-190 and remove the nut 26-200 and the tab washer
26-190.
(d) Remove the bolt 26-180.
NOTE : Remove the ball stud 26-290, the nut 26-330 and the washer 26-300 from
the internal lever 26-220 only if the replacement is necessary.
NOTE : Remove the insert 26-210 from the internal lever 26-220 only, if the
replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-350-803-A01).
(e) Remove the nuts 26-050, the bolts 26-045 and the stop assembly 26-350.
NOTE : Remove the stop screw 26-280, the thrust washer 26-320, and the washers
26-300, 26-310, 26-340 from the stop 26-370 only if the replacement is
necessary.
NOTE : Remove the insert 26-360 from the stop 26-370 only, if the replacement is
necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-350-803-A01).
(f) Remove the nuts 26-050, the bolts 26-270 and the stop assembly 26-230.
NOTE : Remove the stop screw 26-280, the thrust washer 26-320, and the washers
26-300, 26-310, 26-340 from the stop26-260 only if the replacement is
necessary.
NOTE : Remove the insert 26-240 from the stop 26-260 only, if the replacement is
necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-350-803-A01).
Page 3053
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-000-816-B01
Removal and Disassembly of the Internal Control Handle
1. General
A. Temporarily attach the bolts, washers, nuts and screws loosely to their attachment lugs. This
will keep them together for the subsequent installation procedure.
B. The removal procedure is the same for the left and the right emergency doors. Thus only the
procedure for the removal of the internal control handle on the left door is given in this section,
if not specified differently.
2. Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-000-806-A01 Structure Parts - Removal of the Cover and Locking Ramp
TASK 52-22-24-000-813-A01 Removal and Disassembly of the Connecting Rod Assemblies
TASK 52-22-24-000-810-A01 Removal of the Locking Shaft
TASK 52-22-24-000-810-B01 Removal of the Locking Shaft
TASK 52-22-24-350-801-A01 Replacement of the Bonded-In Bushes and Bearings
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Job Setup
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE COMPONENT IS CLEAN BEFORE YOU DISASSEMBLE
IT. THIS IS TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF INTERNAL PARTS.
Subtask 52-22-24-000-055-A01
A. Preliminary Procedures
(1) Do the TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION procedure or INSPECTION/CHECK to find
the cause of a malfunction or to make sure that the component is in the correct condition.
Use only the procedures that are necessary to get access to and to disassemble an
unserviceable item.
Page 3054
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-000-056-A01
A. Removal and Disassembly of the Internal Control Handle
NOTE : Make sure that the connecting rod assemblies 22-010, 22-200 are released , before you
remove the internal control handle (Refer to DISASSEMBLY, TASK
52-22-24-000-813-A01).
NOTE : Make sure that the connecting rod assembly 19-400 or 19A-400 is released, before you
remove the internal control handle (Refer to DISASSEMBLY, TASK
52-22-24-000-810-A01TASK 52-22-24-000-810-B01).
(1) Put the internal control handle assembly 26A-130 in the ’OPEN’ position and remove the
nuts 26A-110.
(2) Put the internal control handle assembly 26A-130 in the ’CLOSED’ position and remove
the bolts 26A-100.
(3) Remove the lever 26A-090.
(4) Remove the nut 26A-110, the bolt 26A-410 and release the twin lever 26A-380.
(5) Pull the internal control-handle assembly shaft 26A-400 laterally and remove the serrated
bush 26A-120, the washers26A-420, TBD, TBD and the internal control handle assembly
26A-130.
(6) Remove the twin lever 26A-380 and the special washers 26A-060, 26A-070.
NOTE : Remove the bush 26A-390 from the structure only, if the replacement is
necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-350-801-A01).
(7) Remove the internal control-handle shaft 26A-400.
NOTE : Remove the bearing 26A-010 from the door structure only, if a replacement is
necessary (Refer to REPAIR TASK 52-22-24-350-801-A01).
(8) Disassemble the internal control handle assembly 26A-130 as follows:
(a) Remove the plug 26A-140, the retaining ring 26A-150, the washer 26A-160 and the
grip 26A-170.
(b) Remove the washer 26A-160 and the retaining ring 26A-150.
(c) Release the tab washer 26A-190 and remove the nut 26A-200 and the tab washer
26A-190.
Page 3055
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
NOTE : Remove the ball stud 26A-290, the nut 26A-330 and the washer 26A-300
from the internal lever 26A-220 only if the replacement is necessary.
NOTE : Remove the insert 26A-210 from the internal lever 26A-220 only if the
replacement is necessary.
(e) Remove the nuts 26A-050, the bolts 26A-045 and the stop assembly 26A-350.
NOTE : Remove the stop screw 26A-280, the thrust washer 26A-320, and the
washers 26A-300, 26A-310, 26A-340 from the stop 26A-370 only if the
replacement is necessary.
NOTE : Remove the insert 26A-360 from the stop 26A-370 only if the replacement
is necessary.
(f) Remove the nuts 26A-050, the bolts 26A-270 and the stop assembly 26A-230.
NOTE : Remove the stop screw 26A-280, the thrust washer 26A-320, and the
washers 26A-300, 26A-310, 26A-340 from the stop 26A-260 only if the
replacement is necessary.
NOTE : Remove the insert 26A-240 from the stop 26A-260 only if the replacement
is necessary.
Page 3056
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-000-817-A01
Removal and Disassembly of the Upper Control Lever Assembly
1. General
A. Temporarily attach the bolts, washers, nuts and screws loosely to their attachment lugs. This
will keep them together for the subsequent installation procedure.
B. The removal procedure is the same for the left and the right emergency doors. Thus only the
procedure for the removal of the upper control lever assembly on the left door is given in this
section, if not specified differently.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01 Replacement of Pressed-In Bushes
TASK 52-22-24-350-801-A01 Replacement of the Bonded-In Bushes and Bearings
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Job Setup
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE COMPONENT IS CLEAN BEFORE YOU DISASSEMBLE
IT. THIS IS TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF INTERNAL PARTS.
Subtask 52-22-24-000-057-A01
A. Preliminary Procedures
(1) Do the TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION procedure or INSPECTION/CHECK to find
the cause of a malfunction or to make sure that the component is in the correct condition.
Use only the procedures that are necessary to get access to and to disassemble an
unserviceable item.
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-000-017-A01
A. Removal and Disassembly of the Upper Control Lever Assembly
NOTE : Make sure that the bonding lead 27-140 is released from the structure before you
remove the upper control lever 27-170.
Pre SB 52-1062
Page 3057
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(1) Remove the nuts 27-050, the bolts 27-040 and the support fitting assembly 27-010.
NOTE : Remove the bushing 27-020 from the support fitting 27-030 and the bushing
27-180 from the structure, only if the replacement is necessary (Refer to
REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01).
Post SB 52-1062
(1) Remove the nuts 27-050, the bolts 27-040 and the support fitting assembly 27-010.
NOTE : Remove the bearing 27-020 from the support fitting 27-030 and the bushing
27-180 from the structure, only if the replacement is necessary (Refer to
REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-350-801-A01).
ALL VARIANTS
(2) Remove the nuts 27-050, the bolts 27-040 and the support fitting assembly 27-010.
NOTE : Remove the bushing 27-020 from the support fitting 27-030 and the bushing
27-180 from the structure, only if the replacement is necessary (Refer to
REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01).
(3) Remove the washers 27-190, 27-200, 27-210 and the upper control-lever assembly 27-060.
(4) Attach the washers 27-190, 27-200, 27-210 in the correct sequence temporarily to their
attachment lugs, so that you can find them subsequently.
(5) Remove the washers 27-190, 27-200, 27-210, 27-220, 27-230, 27-240, 27-250, 27-260 and
the upper control-lever assembly 27-060.
(6) Attach the washers 27-190, 27-200, 27-210, 27-220, 27-230, 27-240, 27-250, 27-260 in the
correct sequence temporarily to their attachment lugs, so that you can find them
subsequently.
(7) Remove the cotter pin 27-120.
(8) Remove the nut 27-110, the washer 27-100 and the fork end fitting assembly 27-070.
NOTE : Remove the bushes 27-090 from the fork end fitting 27-080 only, if the
replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-350-801-A01).
(9) Remove the bolts 27-150, the washers 27-160 and the bonding leads 27-130, 27-140.
Page 3058
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-000-818-A01
Removal and Disassembly of the Adjusting Lever Assembly and Fork End Rod
1. General
A. Temporarily attach the bolts, washers, nuts and screws loosely to their attachment lugs. This
will keep them together for the subsequent installation procedure.
B. The removal procedure is the same for the left and the right emergency doors. Thus only the
procedure for the removal of the adjusting lever assembly and fork end rod on the left door is
given in this section, if not specified differently.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-000-813-A01 Removal and Disassembly of the Connecting Rod Assemblies
TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01 Replacement of Pressed-In Bushes
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Job Setup
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE COMPONENT IS CLEAN BEFORE YOU DISASSEMBLE
IT. THIS IS TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF INTERNAL PARTS.
Subtask 52-22-24-000-058-A01
A. Preliminary Procedures
(1) Do the TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION procedure or INSPECTION/CHECK to find
the cause of a malfunction or to make sure that the component is in the correct condition.
Use only the procedures that are necessary to get access to and to disassemble an
unserviceable item.
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-000-018-A01
A. Removal and Disassembly of the Adjusting Lever Assembly and Fork End Rod
WARNING : RELEASE THE TORSION BAR BEFORE YOU REMOVE PARTS OF THE
LOCKING MECHANISM.
Page 3059
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
NOTE : Make sure that the rod 22-200 is released before you remove the adjusting lever
assembly (Refer to DISASSEMBLY, TASK 52-22-24-000-813-A01).
NOTE : Put the internal control handle in the ’OPEN’ position, if it is necessary for the
removal of the parts.
(1) Remove the cotter pin 28-430.
(2) Remove the nut 28-420, the washers 28-400, 28-410, the bolt 28-390 and release the fork-
end rod assembly 28-320.
(3) Remove the bush 28-440 and the bushing 28-450.
(4) Attach the bush 28-440, the bushing 28-450, the washers 28-400, 28-410 temporarily at
their attachment lugs, so that you can find them subsequently.
(5) Remove the cotter pin 28-470.
(6) Remove the nut 28-420, the washer 28-400, the bolt 28-460, the spacer 28-500 and
separate the fork-end rod assembly 28-320 from the intermediate lever assembly 28-210.
(7) Remove the bushings 28-480, 28-490.
(8) Attach the bushings 28-480, 28-490 temporarily to their attachments lugs, so that you can
find them subsequently.
NOTE : Remove the spherical bearing 28-240 from the intermediate lever 28-270 only if
the replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01).
(9) Disassemble the fork-end rod assembly 28-320 as follows:
(a) Measure the length of the fork-end rod assembly 28-320 between the pivot points and
make a note of the dimension.
NOTE : Remove the bush 28-030 from the support fitting 28-020 only if the replacement
is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01).
(11) Remove the washers 28-310, 28-300
Page 3060
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
NOTE : Remove the bush TBD from the structure only, if the replacement is necessary
(Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01).
(13) Disassemble the adjusting lever assembly 28-060 as follows:
(a) Measure the distance between the pivot point of the intermediate lever 28-270 and
the mounting hole center of the rod in the bellcrank 28-110. Make a note of the
distance.
(b) Remove the cotter pin 28-150.
(c) Remove the nut 28-140, the washer 28-130, the bolt 28-120 and the bushes 28-160.
(d) Release the lock washer 28-180 and loosen the nut 28-190.
(e) Remove the threaded rod 28-170 and separate the bellcrank 28-110 from the
intermediate lever 28-270.
(f) Remove the nut 28-190 and the tabwasher 28-180 from the threaded rod 28-170.
NOTE : Remove the bushes 28-080 and/on the axle 28-090 with the spacer 28-100
from the bellcrank 28-110 only if the replacement is necessary (Refer to
REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01).
NOTE : Remove the bushes 28-230 and/or the axle 28-250 with the spacer 28-260
from the threaded rod 28-170 only if the replacement is necessary (Refer to
REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01).
(14) Remove the nut 28-530, the bolt 28-520 and the stop fitting 28-510.
NOTE : Remove the nut TBD, the washers 28-550, 28-560, 28-570 and the stop bolt
28-540 only if the replacement is necessary.
Page 3061
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-000-818-B01
Removal and Disassembly of the Adjusting Lever Assembly and Fork End Rod
1. General
A. Temporarily attach the bolts, washers, nuts and screws loosely to their attachment lugs. This
will keep them together for the subsequent installation procedure.
B. The removal procedure is the same for the left and the right emergency doors. Thus only the
procedure for the removal of the adjusting lever assembly and fork end rod on the left door is
given in this section, if not specified differently.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-000-813-A01 Removal and Disassembly of the Connecting Rod Assemblies
TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01 Replacement of Pressed-In Bushes
TASK 52-22-24-350-801-A01 Replacement of the Bonded-In Bushes and Bearings
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Job Setup
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE COMPONENT IS CLEAN BEFORE YOU DISASSEMBLE
IT. THIS IS TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF INTERNAL PARTS.
Subtask 52-22-24-000-059-A01
A. Preliminary Procedures
(1) Do the TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION procedure or INSPECTION/CHECK to find
the cause of a malfunction or to make sure that the component is in the correct condition.
Use only the procedures that are necessary to get access to and to disassemble an
unserviceable item.
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-000-060-A01
A. Removal and Disassembly of the Adjusting Lever Assembly and Fork End Rod
WARNING : RELEASE THE TORSION BAR BEFORE YOU REMOVE PARTS OF THE
LOCKING MECHANISM.
Page 3062
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
NOTE : Make sure that the rod 22-200 is released before you remove the adjusting lever
assembly (Refer to DISASSEMBLY, TASK 52-22-24-000-813-A01).
NOTE : Put the internal control handle in the ’OPEN’ position, if it is necessary for the
removal of the parts.
(1) Remove the cotter pin 28A-430.
(2) Remove the nut 28A-420, the washers 28A-400, 28A-410, the bolt 28A-390 and release the
fork-end rod assembly 28A-320.
(3) Remove the bush 28A-440 and the bushing 28A-450.
(4) Attach the bush 28A-440, the bushing 28A-450, the washers 28A-400, 28A-410 temporarily
at their attachment lugs, so that you can find them subsequently.
(5) Remove the cotter pin 28A-470.
(6) Remove the nut 28A-420, the washer 28A-400, the bolt 28A-460, the spacer 28A-500 and
separate the fork-end rod assembly 28A-320 from the intermediate lever assembly 28A-210.
(7) Remove the bushings 28A-480, 28A-490.
(8) Attach the bushings 28A-480, 28A-490, temporarily to their attachments lugs, so that you
can find them subsequently.
NOTE : Remove the spherical bearing 28A-240 from the intermediate lever 28A-270 only
if the replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01).
(9) Disassemble the fork-end rod assembly 28A-320 as follows:
(a) Measure the length of the fork-end rod assembly 28A-320 between the pivot points
and make a note of the dimension.
NOTE : Remove the bushing 28A-610 from the support fitting 28A-600 only if the
replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-350-801-A01).
Page 3063
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
NOTE : Remove the bush 28A-290 from the structure only, if the replacement is
necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-350-801-A01).
(13) Disassemble the adjusting lever assembly 28A-060 as follows:
(a) Measure the distance between the pivot point of the intermediate lever 28A-270 and
the mounting hole center of the rod in the bellcrank 28A-110. Make a note of the
distance.
(b) Remove the cotter pin 28A-150.
(c) Remove the nut 28A-140, the washer 28A-130, the bolt 28A-120 and the bearings
28A-160.
(d) Release the lock washer 28A-180 and loosen the nut 28A-190.
(e) Remove the threaded rod 28A-170 and separate the bellcrank 28A-110 from the
intermediate lever 28A-270.
(f) Remove the nut 28A-190 and the tabwasher 28A-180 from the threaded rod 28A-170.
NOTE : Remove the bearings 28A-080 and/on the axle 28A-090 with the spacer
28A-100 from the bellcrank 28A-110 only if the replacement is necessary
(Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01).
NOTE : Remove the bearings 28A-230 and/or the axle 28A-250 with the spacer
28A-260 from the threaded rod 28A-170 only if the replacement is
necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01).
(14) Remove the nut 28A-530, the bolt 28A-520 and the stop fitting 28A-510.
NOTE : Remove the nut 28A-580, the washers 28A-550, 28A-560, 28A-570 and the stop
bolt 28A-540 only if the replacement is necessary.
Page 3064
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-000-819-A01
Removal and Disassembly of the Detent Door Shaft
1. General
A. Temporarily attach the bolts, washers, nuts and screws loosely to their attachment lugs. This
will keep them together for the subsequent installation procedure.
B. The removal procedure is the same for the left and the right emergency doors. Thus only the
procedure for the removal of the detend door shaft on the left door is given in this section, if not
specified differently.
2. Job Setup
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE COMPONENT IS CLEAN BEFORE YOU DISASSEMBLE
IT. THIS IS TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF INTERNAL PARTS.
Subtask 52-22-24-000-061-A01
A. Preliminary Procedures
(1) Do the TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION procedure or INSPECTION/CHECK to find
the cause of a malfunction or to make sure that the component is in the correct condition.
Use only the procedures that are necessary to get access to and to disassemble an
unserviceable item.
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-000-019-A01
A. Removal and Disassembly of the Detent Door Shaft
NOTE : Remove the bushing 29-300 from the structure only if the replacement is
necessary.
Page 3065
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(6) Remove the nut 29-160, the washer 29-150, the bolt 29-140, the spacer 29-170 and the
roller assembly 29-110.
NOTE : Remove the bushing 29-120 from the roller 29-130 only if the replacement is
necessary.
Page 3066
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-000-820-A01
Removal of the Door Lifting Shaft
1. General
A. Temporarily attach the bolts, washers, nuts and screws loosely to their attachment lugs. This
will keep them together for the subsequent installation procedure.
B. The removal procedure is the same for the left and the right emergency doors. Thus only the
procedure for the removal of the door lifting shaft on the left door is given in this section, if not
specified differently.
2. Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-000-818-A01 Removal and Disassembly of the Adjusting Lever Assembly and Fork
TASK 52-22-24-000-818-B01 Removal and Disassembly of the Adjusting Lever Assembly and Fork
TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01 Replacement of Pressed-In Bushes
TASK 52-22-24-350-802-A01 Replacement of the Swaged-In Spherical Bearings
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Job Setup
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE COMPONENT IS CLEAN BEFORE YOU DISASSEMBLE
IT. THIS IS TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF INTERNAL PARTS.
Subtask 52-22-24-000-062-A01
A. Preliminary Procedures
(1) Do the TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION procedure or INSPECTION/CHECK to find
the cause of a malfunction or to make sure that the component is in the correct condition.
Use only the procedures that are necessary to get access to and to disassemble an
unserviceable item.
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-000-020-A01
A. Removal of the Door Lifting Shaft
WARNING : RELEASE THE TORSION BAR BEFORE YOU REMOVE PARTS OF THE
LOCKING MECHANISM.
Page 3067
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
NOTE : Make sure that the fork-end rod assembly 28-320 is released from the transmission
lever 30-250, before you remove the door lifting shaft (Refer to TASK
52-22-24-000-818-A01TASK 52-22-24-000-818-B01).
NOTE : Make sure that the bonding lead 30-390 is released from the door structure before you
remove the door lifting shaft assembly 30-280.
(1) Remove the cotter pin 30-080.
(2) Remove the nut 30-070, the washer 30-060, the bolt 30-040, the washer 30-050 and release
the lower rod assembly 30-010 from the torsion lever 31-070 or 31A-070 or 31B-070.
(3) Remove the bush 30-090 and the bushing 30-100.
(4) Attach the washers 30-050, 30-060, the bush 30-090 and the bushing 30-100 temporarily to
their attachment lugs, so that you can find them subsequently.
(5) Release the lockwasher 30-270, remove the bolt 30-260 and the lockwasher 30-270.
(6) Release the lockwasher 30-200, remove the bolt 30-190 and the lockwasher 30-200.
(7) Remove the nut 30-170, the bolt 30-160 and the support fitting assembly 30-130 or
30-500.
NOTE : Remove the bushing 30-140 from the support fitting 30-150 only if the
replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01).
(8) Remove the washers 30-480, 30-470, 30-460.
(9) Attach the washers 30-480, 30-470, 30-460 temporarily at their attachment lugs, so that
you can find them subsequently.
(10) Pull the lifting shaft assembly 30-280 laterally and remove the latch hook 30-180 and the
transmission lever 30-250 together with the lower rod assembly 30-010.
(11) Remove the washers 30-461, 30-471, 30-481, 30-530.
NOTE : Remove the ball bearings 30-455, 30-442, 30-520 only if the replacement is
necessary.
(12) Remove the door lifting shaft assembly 30-280 from the structure.
NOTE : Remove the bushings 30-440, 30-450 from the door structure only if the
replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01).
(13) Disassemble the door lifting shaft assembly 30-280 as follows:
(a) Remove the cotter pin 30-380.
Page 3068
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(b) Remove the nut 30-370, the washers 30-350, 30-360 the fork fitting assembly 30-290
and the washers 30-320, 30-330, 30-340.
NOTE : Remove the bearings 30-300 from the fork end fitting 30-310 only if the
replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-350-802-A01).
(c) Attach the washers 30-320, 30-330, 30-340, 30-350, 30-360 temporarily at their
attachment lugs, so that you can find them subsequently.
(d) Remove the bolt 30-410, the washer 30-420 and the bonding leads 30-390, 30-400
from the lifting shaft 30-430.
(14) Remove the nut 30-170, the bolt 30-230, the washers 30-240, the roller 30-220 and the
bush 30-210 from the latch hook 30-180.
(15) Remove the cotter pin 30-080, the nut 30-070, the washers 30-050, 30-060, the bolt
30-110, the washers 30-120, the bush 30-090 and the bushing 30-100.
(16) Remove the cotter pin 30-080.
(17) Remove the nut 30-070, the washers 30-050, 30-120, the bolt 30-110 and the lower rod
assembly 30-010 from the transmission lever 30-250.
(18) Remove the bushes 30-090, 30-100.
(19) Attach the bushes 30-090, 30-100 and the washers 30-050, 30-060, 30-120 temporarily at
their attachment lugs, so that you can find them subsequently.
Page 3069
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-000-821-A01
Removal and Disassembly of the Torsion Bar Assembly
1. General
A. Temporarily attach the bolts, washers, nuts and screws loosely to their attachment lugs. This
will keep them together for the subsequent installation procedure.
B. The removal procedure is the same for the left and the right emergency doors. Thus only the
procedure for the removal of torsion bar assembly on the left door is given in this section, if not
specified differently.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-000-820-A01 Removal of the Door Lifting Shaft
TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01 Replacement of Pressed-In Bushes
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Job Setup
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE COMPONENT IS CLEAN BEFORE YOU DISASSEMBLE
IT. THIS IS TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF INTERNAL PARTS.
Subtask 52-22-24-000-063-A01
A. Preliminary Procedures
(1) Do the TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION procedure or INSPECTION/CHECK to find
the cause of a malfunction or to make sure that the component is in the correct condition.
Use only the procedures that are necessary to get access to and to disassemble an
unserviceable item.
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-000-021-A01
A. Removal and Disassembly of the Torsion Bar Assembly
NOTE : Make sure that the lower rod assembly 30-010 is released before you remove the
torsion bar assembly (Refer to DISASSEMBLY,TASK 52-22-24-000-820-A01).
Page 3070
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(1) Cut and remove the lockwire from the adjusting screw 32-200.
(2) Loosen the adjusting screw 32-200 until the torsion bar assembly is unloaded.
(3) Remove the cotter pin 32-160.
(4) Remove the nut 32-150, the washer 32-140, the bolt 32-120, the washer 32-130 and release
the threaded rod assembly 32-060.
(5) Remove the bush 32-170 and the bushing 32-180.
(6) Attach the bush 32-170 and the bushing 32-180 temporarily at their attachment lugs, so
that you can find them subsequently.
(7) Remove the nuts 32-050, the screws 32-210 and the threaded rod assembly 32-060.
(8) Remove the adjusting screw 32-200, the spherical bearing 32-220 and the support 32-190
from the threaded rod assembly 32-060.
(9) Disassemble the threaded rod assembly 32-060 as follows:
(a) Measure the length of threaded rod assembly 32-060 between the pivot point and the
Lower edge of the rod 32-100.
(b) Make a note of the measured dimension.
NOTE : Remove the threaded insert 32-110, 32-115 from the rod 32-100 only if the
replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01).
(10) Release the lock washer 31-090 and remove the screw 31-080 and the lock washer 31-090.
(11) Remove the nut 32-050 and the bolt 32-240.
(12) Loosen the clamp 31-050 and remove the bush halfs 31-060.
(13) Remove the nuts 32-050, the bolts 32-040 and the support fitting assembly 32-010.
NOTE : Remove the bushing 32-020 from the support fitting 32-030 only if the
replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01).
(14) Pull the sleeve 32-250 laterally and remove the pretension Lever 32-230.
Page 3071
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(15) Remove the sleeve 32-250 and the washers 32-270, 32-280, 32-290.
NOTE : Remove the bushing 32-260 from the structure, only if the replacement is
necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01).
(16) Remove the cover 31-270 from the door structure.
(17) Remove the retaining ring 31-040 from the sleeve 32-250.
(18) Remove the retaining ring 31-040 from the torsion tube 31-150.
(19) Remove the nuts 31-140, the bolts 31-130, 31-131 and the support fitting assembly 31-010.
NOTE : Remove the bushing 31-020 from the support fitting 31-030 only if the
replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01).
(20) Pull the torsion tube 31-150 laterally and remove the torsion lever 31-070 and the torsion
tube 31-150.
(21) Remove the washers 31-170, 31-180, 31-190, 31-260 from the torsion tube 31-150.
NOTE : Remove the ball bearing 31-165 only if the replacement is necessary.
(22) Remove the nuts 31-250 the screws 31-240 and release the flange assembly 31-200.
(23) Pull the torsion spring assembly 31-100 laterally and remove it.
NOTE : Remove the shrinkable sleeve 31-110 from the torsion spring 31-120 only if the
replacement is necessary.
(24) Remove the flange assembly 31-200 from the structure.
NOTE : Remove the bearing 31-220 from the flange 31-210 only if the replacement is
necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01).
(25) Remove the retaining ring 32-310 and the bolt 32-300.
Page 3072
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-000-821-B01
Removal and Disassembly of the Torsion Bar Assembly
1. General
A. Temporarily attach the bolts, washers, nuts and screws loosely to their attachment lugs. This
will keep them together for the subsequent installation procedure.
B. The removal procedure is the same for the left and the right emergency doors. Thus only the
procedure for the removal of torsion bar assembly on the left door is given in this section, if not
specified differently.
2. Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-000-820-A01 Removal of the Door Lifting Shaft
TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01 Replacement of Pressed-In Bushes
TASK 52-22-24-350-803-A01 Replacement of Threaded Inserts
TASK 52-22-24-350-802-A01 Replacement of the Swaged-In Spherical Bearings
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Job Setup
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE COMPONENT IS CLEAN BEFORE YOU DISASSEMBLE
IT. THIS IS TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF INTERNAL PARTS.
Subtask 52-22-24-000-064-A01
A. Preliminary Procedures
(1) Do the TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION procedure or INSPECTION/CHECK to find
the cause of a malfunction or to make sure that the component is in the correct condition.
Use only the procedures that are necessary to get access to and to disassemble an
unserviceable item.
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-000-065-A01
A. Removal and Disassembly of the Torsion Bar Assembly
Page 3073
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
NOTE : Make sure that the lower rod assembly 30-010 is released before you remove the
torsion bar assembly (Refer to DISASSEMBLY,TASK 52-22-24-000-820-A01).
(1) Cut and remove the lockwire from the adjusting screw 32A-200.
(2) Loosen the adjusting screw 32A-200 until the torsion bar assembly is unloaded.
(3) Remove the cotter pin 32A-160.
(4) Remove the nut 32A-150, the washer 32A-140, the bolt 32A-120, the washer 32A-130 and
release the threaded rod assembly 32A-060.
(5) Remove the bush 32A-170 and the bushing 32A-180.
(6) Attach the bush 32A-170 and the bushing 32A-180 temporarily at their attachment lugs, so
that you can find them subsequently.
(7) Remove the nuts 32A-050, the screws 32A-210 and the threaded rod assembly 32A-060.
(8) Remove the adjusting screw 32A-200, the spherical bearing 32A-220 and the support
32A-190 from the threaded rod assembly 32A-060.
(9) Disassemble the threaded rod assembly 32A-060 as follows:
(a) Remove the threaded insert 32A-110 from the rod 32A-100 only if, the replacement is
necessary (Refer to REPAIR TASK 52-22-24-350-803-A01).
(b) Remove the bearing 32A-115 from the rod 32A-100 only if, the replacement is
necessary (Refer to REPAIR TASK 52-22-24-350-802-A01).
(10) Release the lock washer 31A-090 and remove the screw 31A-080 and the lock washer
31A-090.
(11) Remove the nut 32A-050 and the bolt 32A-240.
(12) Loosen the clamp 31A-050 and remove the bush halfs 31A-060.
(13) Remove the nuts 32A-050, the bolts 32A-040 and the support fitting assembly 32A-010.
NOTE : Remove the bushing 32A-020 from the support fitting 32A-030 only if the
replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01).
(14) Pull the sleeve 32A-250 laterally and remove the pretension lever 32A-230.
(15) Remove the sleeve 32A-250 and the washers 32A-270, 32A-280, 32A-290.
NOTE : Remove the bushing 32A-260 from the structure, only if the replacement is
necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01).
(16) Remove the retaining ring 31A-040 from the sleeve 32A-250.
(17) Remove the cover 31A-270, and the retaining ring 31A-040 from the torsion tube 31A-150
Page 3074
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(18) Pull the torsion tube 31A-150 laterally and remove the torsion lever 31A-070 and the
torsion tube 31A-150.
NOTE : Remove the bearing retainer 31A-160 from the torsion tube31A-150 only if the
replacement is necessary.
(19) Remove the washers 31A-280, 31A-290, 31A-300 from the torsion tube 31A-150.
(20) Remove the nuts 31A-250 the screws 31A-240 and release the flange assembly 31A-200.
(21) Pull the torsion spring assembly 31A-100 laterally and remove it.
NOTE : Remove the shrinkable sleeve 31A-110 from the torsion spring 31A-120 only if
the replacement is necessary.
(22) Remove the flange assembly 31A-200 from the structure.
NOTE : Remove the bearing 31A-220 and the bearing retainer 31A-230 from the flange
31A-210 only if the replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK
52-22-24-300-804-A01).
(23) Remove the retaining ring 32A-310 and the bolt 32A-300.
Page 3075
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-000-821-C01
Removal and Disassembly of the Torsion Bar Assembly
1. General
A. Temporarily attach the bolts, washers, nuts and screws loosely to their attachment lugs. This
will keep them together for the subsequent installation procedure.
B. The removal procedure is the same for the left and the right emergency doors. Thus only the
procedure for the removal of torsion bar assembly on the left door is given in this section, if not
specified differently.
2. Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-000-820-A01 Removal of the Door Lifting Shaft
TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01 Replacement of Pressed-In Bushes
TASK 52-22-24-350-803-A01 Replacement of Threaded Inserts
TASK 52-22-24-350-802-A01 Replacement of the Swaged-In Spherical Bearings
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Job Setup
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE COMPONENT IS CLEAN BEFORE YOU DISASSEMBLE
IT. THIS IS TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF INTERNAL PARTS.
Subtask 52-22-24-000-066-A01
A. Preliminary Procedures
(1) Do the TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION procedure or INSPECTION/CHECK to find
the cause of a malfunction or to make sure that the component is in the correct condition.
Use only the procedures that are necessary to get access to and to disassemble an
unserviceable item.
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-000-067-A01
A. Removal and Disassembly of the Torsion Bar Assembly
Page 3076
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
NOTE : Make sure that the lower rod assembly 30-010 is released before you remove the
torsion bar assembly (Refer to DISASSEMBLY,TASK 52-22-24-000-820-A01).
(1) Cut and remove the lockwire from the adjusting screw 32A-200.
(2) Loosen the adjusting screw 32A-200 until the torsion bar assembly is unloaded.
(3) Remove the cotter pin 32A-160.
(4) Remove the nut 32A-150, the washer 32A-140, the bolt 32A-120, the washer 32A-130 and
release the threaded rod assembly 32A-060.
(5) Remove the bush 32A-170 and the bushing 32A-180.
(6) Attach the bush 32A-170 and the bushing 32A-180 temporarily at their attachment lugs, so
that you can find them subsequently.
(7) Remove the nuts 32A-050, the screws 32A-210 and the threaded rod assembly 32A-060.
(8) Remove the adjusting screw 32A-200, the spherical bearing 32A-220 and the support
32A-190 from the threaded rod assembly 32A-060.
(9) Disassemble the threaded rod assembly 32A-060 as follows:
(a) Remove the threaded insert 32A-110 from the rod 32A-100 only if, the replacement is
necessary (Refer to REPAIR TASK 52-22-24-350-803-A01).
(b) Remove the bearing 32A-115 from the rod 32A-100 only if, the replacement is
necessary (Refer to REPAIR TASK 52-22-24-350-802-A01).
(10) Release the lock washer 31B-090 and remove the screw 31B-080 and the lock washer
31B-090.
(11) Remove the nut 32A-050 and the bolt 32A-240.
(12) Loosen the clamp 31B-050 and remove the bush halfs 31B-060.
(13) Remove the nuts 32A-050, the bolts 32A-040 and the support fitting assembly 32A-010.
NOTE : Remove the bushing 32A-020 from the support fitting 32A-030 only if the
replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01).
(14) Pull the sleeve 32A-250 laterally and remove the pretension lever 32A-230.
(15) Remove the sleeve 32A-250 and the washers 32A-270, 32A-280, 32A-290.
NOTE : Remove the bushing 32A-260 from the structure, only if the replacement is
necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01).
(16) Remove the retaining ring 31B-040 from the sleeve 32A-250.
(17) Remove the retaining ring 31B-040 from the torsion tube 31B-150
Page 3077
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(18) Pull the torsion tube 31B-150 laterally and remove the torsion lever 31B-070 and the
torsion tube 31B-150.
NOTE : Remove the bearing 31B-165 from the torsion tube 31B-150 only if the
replacement is necessary.
(19) Remove the washers 31B-280, 31B-290, 31B-300 from the torsion tube 31B-150.
(20) Remove the nuts 31B-250 the screws 31B-240 and release the flange assembly 31B-200.
(21) Pull the torsion spring 31B-310 laterally and remove it.
(22) Remove the flange assembly 31B-200 from the structure.
NOTE : Remove the bearing 31B-220 and the bearing retainer 31B-230 from the flange
31B-210 only if the replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK
52-22-24-300-804-A01).
(23) Remove the retaining ring 32A-310 and the bolt 32A-300.
Page 3078
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-000-822-A01
Removal and Disassembly of the Connecting Rod Assembly and the Spring Rod Assembly
1. General
A. Temporarily attach the bolts, washers, nuts and screws loosely to their attachment lugs. This
will keep them together for the subsequent installation procedure.
B. The removal procedure is the same for the left and the right emergency doors. Thus only the
procedure for the removal of the connecting rod assembly and the spring rod assembly on the
left door is given in this section, if not specified differently.
2. Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-000-812-A01 Removal of the Transmission Shaft
TASK 52-22-24-000-810-A01 Removal of the Locking Shaft
TASK 52-22-24-000-810-B01 Removal of the Locking Shaft
TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01 Replacement of Pressed-In Bushes
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Job Setup
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE COMPONENT IS CLEAN BEFORE YOU DISASSEMBLE
IT. THIS IS TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF INTERNAL PARTS.
Subtask 52-22-24-000-069-A01
A. Preliminary Procedures
(1) Do the TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION procedure or INSPECTION/CHECK to find
the cause of a malfunction or to make sure that the component is in the correct condition.
Use only the procedures that are necessary to get access to and to disassemble an
unserviceable item.
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-000-022-A01
A. Removal and Disassembly of the Connecting Rod Assembly and the Spring Rod Assembly
Page 3079
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(1) Remove and disassemble the connecting rod assembly 46-190 as follows:
NOTE : Make sure that the connecting rod assembly 46-190 is released from the lever
21-140 of the transmission shaft (Refer to DISASSEMBLY TASK
52-22-24-000-812-A01).
(a) Remove the cotter pin 46-300.
(b) Remove the nut 46-290, the washer 46-310, the bolt 46-260, the washers 46-270,
46-280 and the connecting rod assembly 46-190.
(c) Attach the washers 46-270, 46-280, 46-310 temporarily to their attachment tugs, so
that you can find them subsequently.
NOTE : Remove the bearing 46-200 from the connecting rod 46-210 only if, the
replacement is necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01).
NOTE : Make sure that the indicator lever 19-110 or 19A-110 is released before you
remove the spring rod assembly 46-010 (Refer to DISASSEMBLY, TASK
52-22-24-000-810-A01TASK 52-22-24-000-810-B01).
(a) Remove the cotter pin 46-100.
(b) Remove the washer 46-090 and the pin 46-080.
(c) Release the locking device 46-120 and the nut 46-110.
(d) Remove the fork end fitting 46-070 from the connecting rod 46-060.
(e) Remove the nuts 46-180, the washers 46-170 and the bolts 46-160.
(f) Release the locking device 46-030 and the nut 46-040.
(g) Remove the fork end fitting 46-020 from the connecting rod 46-060.
(h) Remove the connecting rod 46-060 with the spring 46-140, the spring cap 46-130 and
the spring guide 46-150.
(i) Remove the spring guide 46-150, the spring 46-140 and the cap 46-130.
(j) Remove the spring pin 46-050.
Page 3080
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-000-823-A01
Removal and Disassembly of the Spring Unit and the Connecting Rod
1. General
A. Temporarily attach the bolts, washers, nuts and screws loosely to their attachment lugs. This
will keep them together for the subsequent installation procedure.
B. The removal procedure is the same for the left and the right emergency doors. Thus only the
procedure for the removal of the spring unit and the connecting rod on the left door is given in
this section, if not specified differently.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-000-825-A01 Removal and Disassembly of the Release Shaft
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Job Setup
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE COMPONENT IS CLEAN BEFORE YOU DISASSEMBLE
IT. THIS IS TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF INTERNAL PARTS.
Subtask 52-22-24-000-070-A01
A. Preliminary Procedures
(1) Do the TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION procedure or INSPECTION/CHECK to find
the cause of a malfunction or to make sure that the component is in the correct condition.
Use only the procedures that are necessary to get access to and to disassemble an
unserviceable item.
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-000-023-A01
A. Removal and Disassembly of the Spring Unit and the Connecting Rod
Page 3081
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(d) Remove the spring unit assembly 47-010 and the bushings47-130, 47-140.
(e) Attach the bushings 47-130, 47-140 temporarily at their attachment lugs, so that you
can find them subsequently.
NOTE : Remove the bearing 47-030 from the sliding rod 47-040 only if the
replacement is necessary.
(2) Remove and disassemble the connecting rod assembly 47-180 as follows:
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SPRING IS REMOVED BEFORE YOU REMOVE
THE CONNECTING ROD ASSEMBLY.
(a) Remove the spring 49-070 before you remove the connecting rod assembly. (Refer
DISASSEMBLY,TASK 52-22-24-000-825-A01).
(b) Remove the cotter pin 47-120 from the bolt 47-170.
(c) Remove the nut 47-160, the bolt 47-170, the washers 47-100 and release the
connection rod assembly 47-180.
(d) Remove the bushings 47-130, 47-140 and attach them temporarily at their
attachment lugs, so that you can find them subsequently.
(e) Remove the cotter pin 47-120 from the bolt 47-250.
(f) Remove the nut 47-160, the bolt 47-250, the washers 47-100 and the connecting rod
assembly 47-180.
(g) Remove the bushings 47-100, 47-260 and attach them temporarily at their
attachment lugs, so that you can find them subsequently.
(h) Measure the length of the connecting rod assembly 47-180 between
Page 3082
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(k) Remove the locking device 47-210 and the nut 47-230 from the eye end fitting
47-200.
(l) Remove the retaining ring 47-242, the locking device 47-241 and the nut 47-220 from
the fork end fitting 47-190.
Page 3083
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-000-824-A01
Removal and Disassembly of the Intermediate Shaft
1. General
A. Temporarily attach the bolts, washers, nuts and screws loosely to their attachment lugs. This
will keep them together for the subsequent installation procedure.
B. The removal procedure is the same for the left and the right emergency doors. Thus only the
procedure for the removal of the intermediate shaft on the left door is given in this section, if
not specified differently.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-000-825-A01 Removal and Disassembly of the Release Shaft
TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01 Replacement of Pressed-In Bushes
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Job Setup
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE COMPONENT IS CLEAN BEFORE YOU DISASSEMBLE
IT. THIS IS TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF INTERNAL PARTS.
Subtask 52-22-24-000-071-A01
A. Preliminary Procedures
(1) Do the TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION procedure or INSPECTION/CHECK to find
the cause of a malfunction or to make sure that the component is in the correct condition.
Use only the procedures that are necessary to get access to and to disassemble an
unserviceable item.
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-000-024-A01
A. Removal and Disassembly of the Intermediate Shaft
NOTE : Make sure that the connecting rod 47-180 is released before you remove the
intermediate shaft (Refer to DISASSEMBLY, TASK 52-22-24-000-825-A01).
Page 3084
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
WARNING : THE SPRING IS LOADED. TAKE CARE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE SPRING,
IT IS ASSEMBLED UNDER A SPECIFIC LOAD. USE AN APPLICABLE TOOL
AND WEAR GLOVES WHEN YOU RELEASE THE SPRING.
Page 3085
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(10) Remove the bearing 48-150 from the bearing bracket 48-140.
NOTE : Remove the nut 48-263, the lockwasher 48-265 and the target 48-260 from the
lever 48-250 only if the replacement is necessary.
(11) Remove the nut 48-180, the washers 48-170, the bolts 48-160 and the bearing bracket
48-140.
NOTE : Remove the bushing 48-290 from the structure only if the replacement is
necessary (Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01).
(12) Remove the nuts 48-180, the washers 48-170, the bolts 48-340 and the stop 48-330
together with the stop screw 48-350,
NOTE : Remove the stop screw 48-350 from the stop 48-330 only if the replacement is
necessary.
(13) Remove the stop screw 48-350 as follows:
(a) Remove the nuts 48-380, the stop screw 48-350 and the washers 48-360, 48-370.
Page 3086
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-000-825-A01
Removal and Disassembly of the Release Shaft
1. General
A. Temporarily attach the bolts, washers, nuts and screws loosely to their attachment lugs. This
will keep them together for the subsequent installation procedure.
B. The removal procedure is the same for the left and the right emergency doors. Thus only the
procedure for the removal of the release shaft on the left door is given in this section, if not
specified differently.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-000-823-A01 Removal and Disassembly of the Spring Unit and the Connecting Ro
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Job Setup
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE COMPONENT IS CLEAN BEFORE YOU DISASSEMBLE
IT. THIS IS TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF INTERNAL PARTS.
Subtask 52-22-24-000-072-A01
A. Preliminary Procedures
(1) Do the TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION procedure or INSPECTION/CHECK to find
the cause of a malfunction or to make sure that the component is in the correct condition.
Use only the procedures that are necessary to get access to and to disassemble an
unserviceable item.
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-000-025-A01
A. Removal and Disassembly of the Release Shaft
WARNING : THE SPRING IS LOADED. TAKE CARE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE SPRING,
IT IS ASSEMBLED UNDER A SPECIFIC LOAD. USE AN APPLICABLE TOOL
AND WEAR GLOVES WHEN YOU RELEASE THE SPRING.
Page 3087
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
NOTE : Make sure that the connecting rod assembly 47-180 is released before you
remove the lever 49-090 (Refer to DISASSEMBLY,TASK 52-22-24-000-823-
A01).
(2) Remove the nuts 49-120, 49-135, the washers 49-110, 49-115 and the bolts 49-100, 49-125
from the lever 49-090.
(3) Remove the lever 49-090 together with the stop screw 49-140.
NOTE : Remove the stop screw 49-140 from the lever 49-090 only if the replacement is
necessary.
(4) Remove the stop screw 49-140 as follows:
(a) Remove the nuts 49-120, 49-135 and the washers 49-110, 49-115.
(b) Release the tab washer 49-150 and loosen the nut 49-160.
(c) Remove the stop screw 49-140, the nut 49-160 and the tab washer 49-150.
(5) Remove the retaining ring 49-060.
(6) Remove the adjusting washers 49-250, 49-260, 49-270.
(7) Attach the adjusting washers 49-250, 49-260, 49-270 in the correct sequence at their
attachment lugs, so that you can find them subsequently.
(8) Remove the nuts 49-120, 49-135, the washers 49-110, 49-115, the bolts 49-105, 49-100 and
release the lever 49-210.
(9) Remove the nuts 49-120, 49-135, the washers 49-110, 49-115, the bolts 49-130, 49-145 and
the lever 49-220 together with the pin 49-170.
(10) Remove the adjusting washers 49-240.
NOTE : Remove the pin 49-170 from the Lever 49-220 only if the replacement is
necessary.
(11) Remove the pin 49-170 as follows:
(a) Remove the nut 49-200, the washer 49-190, the pin 49-170 and the serrated washer
49-180 from the lever 49-220.
(12) Pull the lower shaft 49-230 laterally and remove the bearings 49-020, the lever 49-210 and
the lower shaft 49-230.
(13) Remove the nuts 49-050, the washers 49-040, the bolts 49-030 and the bearing brackets
49-010.
Page 3088
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-000-826-A01
Removal of the Emergency Escape Slide-Handle
1. General
A. Temporarily attach the bolts, washers, nuts and screws loosely to their attachment lugs. This
will keep them together for the subsequent installation procedure.
B. The removal procedure is the same for the left and the right emergency doors. Thus only the
procedure for the removal of the emergency escape slide handle on the left door is given in this
section, if not specified differently.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-000-822-A01 Removal and Disassembly of the Connecting Rod Assembly and the S
TASK 52-22-24-000-823-A01 Removal and Disassembly of the Spring Unit and the Connecting Ro
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Job Setup
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE COMPONENT IS CLEAN BEFORE YOU DISASSEMBLE
IT. THIS IS TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF INTERNAL PARTS.
Subtask 52-22-24-000-073-A01
A. Preliminary Procedures
(1) Do the TESTING AND FAULT ISOLATION procedure or INSPECTION/CHECK to find
the cause of a malfunction or to make sure that the component is in the correct condition.
Use only the procedures that are necessary to get access to and to disassemble an
unserviceable item.
4. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-000-026-A01
A. Removal of the Emergency Escape Slide-Handle
Page 3089
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 3090
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
CLEANING
TASK 52-22-24-100-801-A01
Cleaning of the Emergency Exit Door
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : PUT A PROTECTIVE COVER ON THE WINDOW PANES BEFORE YOU CLEAN
THE DOOR.
-
NOTE : Refer to CMMV 56-21-11 for the cleaning of the door window panes.
2. Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
08ABC1 Aqueous Cleaner-Aircraft Exterior Pressure Spraying -
14SBA1 Textile-Lint free Cotton -
08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -
Consumable Materials
TABLE 1
Page 4001
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
C.
Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
CMMV 56-21-11
Referenced Information
TABLE 3
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-100-001-A01
A. Cleaning of the Emergency Exit Door, Except the Door Window Panes.
(1) Clean the painted component parts as follows:
(a) Remove loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner or a soft brush.
(b) Remove old sealant and remaining dirt with a nonmetallic scraper.
(c) Clean the painted component parts with Material No. 08ABC1 Aqueous Cleaner-
Aircraft Exterior Pressure Spraying -.
1 Use a soft brush or a clean Material No. 14SBA1 Textile-Lint free Cotton -.
(d) Remove Material No. 08ABC1 Aqueous Cleaner-Aircraft Exterior Pressure Spraying -
with clean water.
(e) Dry component parts with clean, dry Material No. 14SBA1 Textile-Lint free Cotton -
or a hot-air blower.
(2) Clean the component parts which are not painted as follows:
(a) Remove loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner or a soft brush.
(b) Remove remaining dirt with a nonmetallic scraper.
(c) Clean the component parts which are not painted with Material No. 08BBF1 Non
Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
1 Use a soft brush or a clean Material No. 14SBA1 Textile-Lint free Cotton -.
Page 4002
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-100-802-A01
Clean the Electrical System Parts
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : PUT A PROTECTIVE COVER ON THE WINDOW PANES BEFORE YOU CLEAN
THE DOOR.
-
NOTE : Refer to CMMV 56-21-11 for the cleaning of the door window panes.
2. Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
08BBB1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Petroleum Based -
08BBD1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Isopropyl Alcohol -
14SBA1 Textile-Lint free Cotton -
Consumable Materials
TABLE 1
C.
Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
CMMV 56-21-11
Referenced Information
TABLE 3
Page 4003
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-100-002-A01
A. Clean the Electrical System Parts
(1) Remove all loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner or a soft brush.
(2) Clean electrical wiring with . Material No. 08BBB1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Petroleum
Based -.
(3) Clean electrical connectors and components with Material No. 08BBD1 Non Aqueous
Cleaner-- Isopropyl Alcohol -.
(4) Dry all parts with clean, dry Material No. 14SBA1 Textile-Lint free Cotton -.
Page 4004
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
INSPECTION/CHECK
TASK 52-22-24-210-801-A01
Door Structure
1. General
A. This check is a visual inspection of the component part.
B. Do an approved nondestructive test if you think there is a crack which is not clearly visible.
C. Refer to REPAIR for the replacement of the permanently attached parts.
D. Refer to DISASSEMBLY, ASSEMBLY for the replacement of the parts which are not
permanently attached.
E. Refer to the Structural Repair Manual (SRM) for the door structure.
2. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-210-001-A01
A. Door Structure
Page 5001
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-210-802-A01
Structure Components
1. General
A. This check is a visual inspection of the component part.
B. Do an approved nondestructive test if you think there is a crack which is not clearly visible.
C. Refer to REPAIR for the replacement of the permanently attached parts.
D. Refer to DISASSEMBLY, ASSEMBLY for the replacement of the parts which are not
permanently attached.
E. Refer to the Structural Repair Manual (SRM) for the door structure.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-300-801-A01 Reworking or Machining
TASK 52-22-24-300-803-A01 Repair of Door Seal
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-210-002-A01
A. Structure Components
Page 5002
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(b) Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-801-A01 for the removal of scratches which
are in the limits.
(c) Refer to DISASSEMBLY, ASSEMBLY for the replacement of the structure
components which have scratches or marks that are not in the limits.
(4) Check structure components for marks or corrosion.
(a) Marks and corrosion are permitted up to:
- 10% of the material thickness,
- 400 sq. mm (0.62 sq. in)
(b) Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-801-A01 for the removal of marks or corrosion
which are in the limits.
(c) Refer to DISASSEMBLY, ASSEMBLY for the replacement of the structure
components which have marks and corrosion which are not in the limits.
(5) Check the seal of the cover assembly (Refer to IPL_FIGURE_33) for hardening, cracks, oil
contamination, cuts and porosity.
(a) Hardening, cracks, oil contamination, cuts or porosity are not permitted.
(b) Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-803-A01 for the replacement of the seal if
there is any such damage.
Page 5003
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-210-803-A01
Protective Treatment
1. General
A. This check is a visual inspection of the component part.
B. Do an approved nondestructive test if you think there is a crack which is not clearly visible.
C. Refer to REPAIR for the replacement of the permanently attached parts.
D. Refer to DISASSEMBLY, ASSEMBLY for the replacement of the parts which are not
permanently attached.
E. Refer to the Structural Repair Manual (SRM) for the door structure.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-300-802-A01 Repair of the Protective Treatment
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-210-003-A01
A. Protective Treatment
(1) Check the structure parts and the door mechanism for damaged protective treatment.
(a) Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-802-A01 for the repair of the protective
treatment.
Page 5004
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-210-804-A01
Stop Fitting Assemblies (1) and Roller Guide Assemblies (3)
1. General
A. This check is a visual inspection of the component part.
B. Do an approved nondestructive test if you think there is a crack which is not clearly visible.
C. Refer to REPAIR for the replacement of the permanently attached parts.
D. Refer to DISASSEMBLY, ASSEMBLY for the replacement of the parts which are not
permanently attached.
E. Refer to the Structural Repair Manual (SRM) for the door structure.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-014-A FIGURE 52-22-24-991-014-A-Stop Fitting Assemblies and Roller Guide
Assemblies
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-210-004-A01
A. Stop Fitting Assemblies (1) and Roller Guide Assemblies (3)
Page 5005
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
A
A A
A TYPICAL
A
A B A 1
A
A
A A
A B
A
A C
A
A B
C A
A
B
TYPICAL
B A
3
SECTION
A−A
2
C
’A’
F_CM_522224_1_0140101_01_01
Page 5006
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-210-805-A01
Locking Mechanism and Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism
1. General
A. This check is a visual inspection of the component part.
B. Do an approved nondestructive test if you think there is a crack which is not clearly visible.
C. Refer to REPAIR for the replacement of the permanently attached parts.
D. Refer to DISASSEMBLY, ASSEMBLY for the replacement of the parts which are not
permanently attached.
E. Refer to the Structural Repair Manual (SRM) for the door structure.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-300-801-A01 Reworking or Machining
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-015-A FIGURE 52-22-24-991-015-A-Door Latch and Guide Rollers
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-210-005-A01
A. Locking Mechanism and Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism
Page 5007
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(b) Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-801-A01 for the removal of the marks and
corrosion which are in the limits.
(c) Replace the parts with marks or corrosion which are not in the limits.
(4) Check for deformation.
(a) Deformation is not permitted.
(b) Replace the parts which have deformation.
(5) Check for maximum length and wear (Refer to FIGURE 52-22-24-991-015-A).
(a) The maximum dimension ’A’ of the door latch (4) is 92.40 mm (3.637 in).
(b) The minimum dimension ’B’ of the door latch (4) is 8.60 mm (0.338 in).
(c) The minimum diameter ’C’ of the guide rollers (5) is 20.50 mm (0.807 in).
(d) The minimum diameter ’D’ of the lifting shaft rollers (6) is 21.00 mm (0.826 in).
(e) Replace the parts with wear or length which are not in the limits.
(6) Check the component parts of the locking mechanism and the emergency escape-slide
release-mechanism for wear.
(a) Refer to FITS AND CLEARANCES for the wear limits.
(b) Refer to DISASSEMBLY, ASSEMBLY for the replacement of component parts which
have wear that is not in the limits.
(7) Check for other damage.
(a) Other damage is not permitted.
(b) Replace the parts which have other damage.
Page 5008
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
A
A
A 4
B
B SECTION
C−C
A
B
C B
TYPICAL
’D’
B
SECTION
B B−B
B
’C’ C
SECTION
A−A
’A’
C
’B’
C
F_CM_522224_1_0150101_01_01
Page 5009
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-210-806-A01
Placards
1. General
A. This check is a visual inspection of the component part.
B. Do an approved nondestructive test if you think there is a crack which is not clearly visible.
C. Refer to REPAIR for the replacement of the permanently attached parts.
D. Refer to DISASSEMBLY, ASSEMBLY for the replacement of the parts which are not
permanently attached.
E. Refer to the Structural Repair Manual (SRM) for the door structure.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-350-805-A01 Replacement of the Door Placard
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-210-006-A01
A. Placards
Page 5010
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-210-807-A01
Ball Bearings
1. General
A. This check is a visual inspection of the component part.
B. Do an approved nondestructive test if you think there is a crack which is not clearly visible.
C. Refer to REPAIR for the replacement of the permanently attached parts.
D. Refer to DISASSEMBLY, ASSEMBLY for the replacement of the parts which are not
permanently attached.
E. Refer to the Structural Repair Manual (SRM) for the door structure.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-350-802-A01 Replacement of the Swaged-In Spherical Bearings
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-210-007-A01
A. Ball Bearings
(1) Check ball bearings for a smooth rotation and obvious damage.
(a) Obvious damage is not permitted. Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-350-802-A01 for
the replacement of ball bearings.
(b) Rough rotation is not permitted. Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-350-802-A01 for
the replacement of ball bearings.
Page 5011
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-210-808-A01
Plain Bearings
1. General
A. This check is a visual inspection of the component part.
B. Do an approved nondestructive test if you think there is a crack which is not clearly visible.
C. Refer to REPAIR for the replacement of the permanently attached parts.
D. Refer to DISASSEMBLY, ASSEMBLY for the replacement of the parts which are not
permanently attached.
E. Refer to the Structural Repair Manual (SRM) for the door structure.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01 Replacement of Pressed-In Bushes
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-016-A FIGURE 52-22-24-991-016-A-Starting Torque Check at Plain Bearings
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-210-008-A01
A. Plain Bearings
NOTE : Refer to REPAIR, TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01 for the replacement of plain bearings.
(1) Check plain bearings for obvious damage.
(a) Obvious damage is not permitted.
(2) Check plain bearings for starting torque as follows:
(a) Insert suitable bushes (5), bolt (2) and nut (1) in the bearing and tighten (Refer to
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-016-A).
(b) Position the torque wrench (4) on the bolt (2) and check the starting torque (Refer
to TABLE 2).
(c) Starting torque more than given in the TABLE 2 is not permitted. Refer to REPAIR
for the replacement of plain bearings.
Page 5012
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(d) Remove the nut (1), the bolt (2) and the bushes (5) from the bearing (3).
IPL FIG. - COMPONENT PART BEARING STARTING
ITEM NAME PART NO. PART NO. IPL FIG. - TORQUE MAX.
ITEM m.daN (lbf. in)
18-160 FITTING D52279328 NSA8134-08X 18-180 0.025 (2.212)
SUPPORT
STRUCTURE NSA8134-10X 18-260 0.025 (2.212)
18A-160 FITTING D52279328 MS14104-8K 18A-180 0.025 (2.212)
SUPPORT
STRUCTURE NSA8134-10X 18A-260 0.025 (2.212)
19-170 FITTING D52279328 NSA8134-08X 19-190 0.025 (2.212)
SUPPORT
STRUCTURE NSA8134-10X 19-320 0.025 (2.212)
19A-170 FITTING D52279328 MS14104-8K 19A-190 0.025 (2.212)
SUPPORT
IPL_FIGURE_23ASTRUCTURE -------- NSA8130-08 23A-490 0.025 (2.212)
IPL_FIGURE_23BSTRUCTURE -------- NSA8130-08 23B-490 0.025 (2.212)
IPL_FIGURE_26ASTRUCTURE -------- MS14104-8K 26A-010 0.025 (2.212)
27-030 FITTING D52279325 NSA8130-10 27-020 0.025 (2.212)
SUPPORT
29-100 DETENT D52279366 NSA8130-08 29-230 0.20 (17.701)
SHAFT
IPL_FIGURE_30 STRUCTURE -------- NSA8130-10 30-442 0.025 (2.212)
30-500 FITTING D52279325 NSA8130-10 30-520 0.025 (2.212)
SUPPORT
48-140 BEARING D52279329 D52279349200 48-150 1.00 (88.507)
BRACKET
49-010 BEARING D52279329 D52279349200 49-020 1.00 (88.507)
BRACKET
Starting Torque Values
TABLE 2
Page 5013
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
5
2
F_CM_522224_1_0160101_01_00
Page 5014
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-210-809-A01
Door Seal
1. General
A. This check is a visual inspection of the component part.
B. Do an approved nondestructive test if you think there is a crack which is not clearly visible.
C. Refer to REPAIR for the replacement of the permanently attached parts.
D. Refer to DISASSEMBLY, ASSEMBLY for the replacement of the parts which are not
permanently attached.
E. Refer to the Structural Repair Manual (SRM) for the door structure.
2. Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-350-807-A01 Replacement of the Seal
TASK 52-22-24-000-803-A01 Structure Parts - Removal of the Door Seal
TASK 52-22-24-400-802-A01 Installation of the Door Seal
TASK 52-22-24-300-803-A01 Repair of Door Seal
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-210-009-A01
A. Door Seal
(1) Check the door seal for hardening, cracks, oil contamination and porosity.
(a) Hardening, cracks, oil contamination or porosity are not permitted.
(b) Refer to REPAIR TASK 52-22-24-350-807-A01 or to DISASSEMBLY TASK
52-22-24-000-803-A01 and ASSEMBLY TASK 52-22-24-400-802-A01 for the repair or
the replacement of the door seal if there is any such damage.
(2) Check the door seal for chafe marks and cuts.
(a) Chafe marks and cuts are not permitted.
(b) Refer to REPAIR TASK 52-22-24-300-803-A01 for the repair of the door seal which
have chafe marks or cuts up to a max. length of 25.4 mm (1.0 in).
Page 5015
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 5016
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-210-810-A01
Electrical System Parts
1. General
A. This check is a visual inspection of the component part.
B. Do an approved nondestructive test if you think there is a crack which is not clearly visible.
C. Refer to REPAIR for the replacement of the permanently attached parts.
D. Refer to DISASSEMBLY, ASSEMBLY for the replacement of the parts which are not
permanently attached.
E. Refer to the Structural Repair Manual (SRM) for the door structure.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-100-802-A01 Clean the Electrical System Parts
TASK 52-22-24-300-801-A01 Reworking or Machining
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-210-010-A01
A. Electrical System Parts
(1) Check the electrical harness and connections for lose and damaged attachments, chafe
marks, spots of arcing, contamination and other damage.
(a) Chafe marks, spots of arcing, contamination, lose and damaged attachments or other
damage are not permitted.
(b) Refer to CLEANING TASK 52-22-24-100-802-A01 for removal of the contamination.
(c) Tighten the loose attachments and connections.
(d) Replace the attachments and connections which have damage.
(e) Replace the parts of the wiring harness, which have chafe marks, spots of arcing or
other damage.
(2) Check electrical components for loose attachment, contamination and other damage.
(a) Damage is not permitted.
(b) Tighten the loose attachments.
Page 5017
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 5018
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-210-811-A01
Door Window
1. General
A. This check is a visual inspection of the component part.
B. Do an approved nondestructive test if you think there is a crack which is not clearly visible.
C. Refer to REPAIR for the replacement of the permanently attached parts.
D. Refer to DISASSEMBLY, ASSEMBLY for the replacement of the parts which are not
permanently attached.
E. Refer to the Structural Repair Manual (SRM) for the door structure.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-000-802-A01 Structure Parts - Removal of the Door Window
TASK 52-22-24-400-803-A01 Installation of the Door Window
CMMV 56-21-11
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-210-011-A01
A. Door Window
Page 5019
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-210-812-A01
Spring Housing Assemblies
1. General
A. This check is a visual inspection of the component part.
B. Do an approved nondestructive test if you think there is a crack which is not clearly visible.
C. Refer to REPAIR for the replacement of the permanently attached parts.
D. Refer to DISASSEMBLY, ASSEMBLY for the replacement of the parts which are not
permanently attached.
E. Refer to the Structural Repair Manual (SRM) for the door structure.
2. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-210-012-A01
A. Spring Housing Assemblies
Page 5020
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-210-813-A01
Torsion Bar
1. General
A. This check is a visual inspection of the component part.
B. Do an approved nondestructive test if you think there is a crack which is not clearly visible.
C. Refer to REPAIR for the replacement of the permanently attached parts.
D. Refer to DISASSEMBLY, ASSEMBLY for the replacement of the parts which are not
permanently attached.
E. Refer to the Structural Repair Manual (SRM) for the door structure.
2. Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-000-821-A01 Removal and Disassembly of the Torsion Bar Assembly
TASK 52-22-24-000-821-B01 Removal and Disassembly of the Torsion Bar Assembly
TASK 52-22-24-000-821-C01 Removal and Disassembly of the Torsion Bar Assembly
TASK 52-22-24-400-822-A01 Assembly and Installation of the Torsion Bar Assembly
TASK 52-22-24-400-822-B01 Assembly and Installation of the Torsion Bar Assembly
TASK 52-22-24-400-822-C01 Assembly and Installation of the Torsion Bar Assembly
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-210-013-A01
A. Torsion Bar
Page 5021
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-210-814-A01
Springs
1. General
A. This check is a visual inspection of the component part.
B. Do an approved nondestructive test if you think there is a crack which is not clearly visible.
C. Refer to REPAIR for the replacement of the permanently attached parts.
D. Refer to DISASSEMBLY, ASSEMBLY for the replacement of the parts which are not
permanently attached.
E. Refer to the Structural Repair Manual (SRM) for the door structure.
2. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-210-014-A01
A. Springs
(1) Check for damage.
(a) Damage is not permitted.
(b) Refer to DISASSEMBLY, ASSEMBLY for the replacement of the spring which have
damage.
(2) Check the spring data.
(a) For the test data refer to TABLE 1.
(b) Refer to DISASSEMBLY, ASSEMBLY for the replacement of the spring which have
test data that are not in the limits.
IPL FIG. - ITEM FREE LENGTH TEST LENGTH LOAD
mm (in) mm (in) daN (lbf)
16-280 110.0 (4.330) 71.4 (2.811) 3.74 (8.407)
110.0 (4.330) 50.4 (1.984) 5.78 (12.993)
16A-280 110.0 (4.330) 71.4 (2.811) 3.74 (8.407)
110.0 (4.330) 50.4 (1.984) 5.78 (12-993)
25-220 50.0 (1.968) 40.0 (1.574) 1.62 (3.641)
50.0 (1.968) 31.0 (1.220) 3.08 (6.924)
25-320 60.0 (2.362) 38.0 (1.496) 2.563 (5.761)
60.0 (2.362) 32.0 (1.259) 3.262 (7.333)
25A-220 50.0 (1.968) 40.0 (1.574) 1.62 (3.641)
50.0 (1.968) 31.0 (1.220) 3.08 (6.924)
Page 5022
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 5023
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
REPAIR
TASK 52-22-24-300-801-A01
Reworking or Machining
1. General
A. The repair for the RH door and the LH door is the same. Only the LH door is specified in this
section.
B. Refer to the Structural Repair Manual (SRM) for the door structure.
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : AFTER THE REMOVAL OF THE DAMAGE THE COMPONENTS PARTS MUST BE
IN THE LIMITS. REFER TO CHECK FOR THE LIMITS.
NOTE : Refer to CHECK and FITS AND CLEARANCES, TASK 52-22-24-820-807-A01, TASK
52-22-24-820-808-A01 for the limits of the component parts.
2. Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
11-003 Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone
Consumable Materials
TABLE 1
B.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-300-802-A01 Repair of the Protective Treatment
Page 6001
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-820-807-A01 General
TASK 52-22-24-820-808-A01 Fits and Clearances
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-300-001-A01
A. Removal of Scratches on Aluminum Alloy Components
(1) Remove the protective treatment from the damaged area.
Subtask 52-22-24-320-001-A01
B. Removal of Marks and Corrosion on Aluminum Alloy Components
(1) Remove the protective treatment from the damaged area.
(2) Remove the marks and the corrosion and make a smooth contour to prevent stress
concentration.
(3) Polish the reworked area.
(4) Measure the reworked components (Refer to CHECK).
(a) Replace the reworked components if they are not in the limits.
Page 6002
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-300-802-A01
Repair of the Protective Treatment
1. General
A. The repair for the RH door and the LH door is the same. Only the LH door is specified in this
section.
B. Refer to the Structural Repair Manual (SRM) for the door structure.
2. Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
11-003 Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone
13-002 Chemical Conversion Coating Yellow Aluminum
16-020 Wash Primer
16-001 Anti Corrosion Primer (Polyurethane)
16-002 Polyurethane Topcoat Grey (for Internal Applic.)
15-005 Corrosion Preventive Temporary Protective Compound
Consumable Materials
TABLE 1
B.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-400-833-A01 Surface Protection
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-300-002-A01
A. Repair of the Protective Treatment
(1) Repair of anodized surfaces.
Page 6003
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE COATING MATERIAL NO. 13-002 - CHEMICAL
CONVERSION COATING YELLOW ALUMINUM DOES NOT GO INTO
GAPS OR BELOW FASTENERS WHERE YOU CANNOT MAKE IT
NEUTRAL. COATING WHICH YOU DO NOT MAKE NEUTRAL CAUSES
NEW CORROSION.
(b) Apply Material No. 13-002 Chemical Conversion Coating Yellow Aluminum to the
prepared area and let it work for 3 minutes.
(c) Make the area neutral with clean water.
(d) Dry the repaired area with warm air up to a maximum temperature of 60 deg. C (140
deg. F).
(2) Repair of paintwork.
(a) Remove the damaged paintwork.
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE MATERIAL NO. 16-020 WASH PRIMER.
OBEY THE MATERIAL MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS.
(c) Apply Material No. 16-020 Wash Primer to the worked area and let it dry.
NOTE : Make sure that the existing drain holes are not blocked.
(3) Repair of corrosion preventative.
Page 6004
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(a) Apply Material No. 15-005 Corrosion Preventive Temporary Protective Compound to
the components (Refer to TASK 52-22-24-400-833-A01).
NOTE : Make sure that the existing drain holes are not blocked.
Page 6005
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-300-803-A01
Repair of Door Seal
1. General
A. The repair for the RH door and the LH door is the same. Only the LH door is specified in this
section.
B. Refer to the Structural Repair Manual (SRM) for the door structure.
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : AFTER THE REMOVAL OF THE DAMAGE THE COMPONENTS PARTS MUST BE
IN THE LIMITS. REFER TO CHECK FOR THE LIMITS.
Page 6006
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
C.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-017-A FIGURE 52-22-24-991-017-A-Door Seal Repair
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-019-A FIGURE 52-22-24-991-019-A-Door Seal Section Repair Limits
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-018-A FIGURE 52-22-24-991-018-A-Bonding Block
Referenced Information
TABLE 3
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-300-003-A01
A. Repair of Door Seal
Page 6007
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(f) Press the faces of the cut together and let it cure.
(g) Cut a piece of Material No. 05-024 Fabric to fit the repair area.
NOTE : The repair area must be a minimum of 50 mm (1.97 in.) from the inflation holes
(Refer to FIGURE 52-22-24-991-019-A).
(a) Remove the damaged section of the door seal.
NOTE : The limits for the minimum length of the replacement sections are given in
the FIGURE 52-22-24-991-019-A.
(b) In the curved section cut and remove the damaged door seal to the same length as
the replacement section.
NOTE : The measure must be over both ends 25.4 mm (1.0 in.).
Page 6008
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(e) Lightly abrade the end faces of the door seal and the replacement section with emery
cloth.
Page 6009
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
REPAIR OF CUT
A
B W X
X
1
A
B
SECTION
B B
CONTACT AREA
REPLACEMENT
TISSUE
1
Y
C
SECTION
C C
F_CM_522224_1_0170101_01_00
Page 6010
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
in
.0
3mm (0.12 in.)
(1
m
m
.4
25
F_CM_522224_1_0180101_01_00
Bonding Block
FIGURE-52-22-24-991-018-A01
Page 6011
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
DOOR SEAL
T U
S
F_CM_522224_1_0190101_01_00
Page 6012
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-300-804-A01
Replacement of the Pressed-In Bushes
1. General
A. The repair for the RH door and the LH door is the same. Only the LH door is specified in this
section.
B. Refer to the Structural Repair Manual (SRM) for the door structure.
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : AFTER THE REMOVAL OF THE DAMAGE THE COMPONENTS PARTS MUST BE
IN THE LIMITS. REFER TO CHECK FOR THE LIMITS.
NOTE : Refer to CHECK and FITS AND CLEARANCES, TASK 52-22-24-820-808-A01 for the
limits of the component parts.
2. Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
11-003 Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone
13-002 Chemical Conversion Coating Yellow Aluminum
09-013 Corrosion Inhibiting Brush Consistency
09-018 Corrosion Inhibitinglow Adhesion Sealant
16-021 Flexible Polyurethane
Consumable Materials
TABLE 1
Page 6013
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-820-808-A01 Fits and Clearances
PMS 01-05-58
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-300-004-A01
A. Replacement of the Pressed-In Bushes
Page 6014
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
IPL FIG CMPNT ITEM COMPONENT PART PART NO. OF BUSH ITEM
NAME PART NO. BUSH
120 SPRING A52270261 A52270280 130
RETAINER
ASSY
120 SPRING A52270261 A52270279 140
RETAINER
ASSY
26 20 SUPPORT D52279327 D52371439 30
FITTING
27 30 SUPPORT D52279325 D52279345 20
FITTING
--- STRUCTURE -------- D52279345 180
28 20 SUPPORT D52279326 D52371632 30
FITTING
70 BELLCRANK D52279470 M81934-2-06C00680
ASSY
70 BELLCRANK D52279470 M81934-1-05C006160
ASSY
210 INTERMEDIATE D52279471 M81934-2-05C006220
LEVER ASSY
210 INTERMEDIATE D52279471 M81934-2-06C006230
LEVER ASSY
--- STRUCTURE -------- D52371632 290
29 --- STRUCTURE -------- D52279348 300
30 130 SUPPORT D52279325 D52279566 140
FITTING
--- STRUCTURE -------- D52279345 440
--- STRUCTURE -------- D52279347 450
31 10 SUPPORT D52279357 D52279345 20
FITTING
--- STRUCTURE -------- D52279568 160
32 10 SUPPORT D52279357 D52279345 20
FITTING
--- STRUCTURE -------- A52172416 260
48 --- STRUCTURE -------- D52279345 290
Pressed-In Bushes
TABLE 3
Page 6015
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
NOTE : For supplementary information for the replacement of the bushes refer to PMS
01-05-58.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE COATING MATERIAL NO. 13-002 - CHEMICAL
CONVERSION COATING YELLOW ALUMINUM DOES NOT GO INTO
GAPS OR BELOW FASTENERS WHERE YOU CANNOT MAKE IT
NEUTRAL. COATING WHICH YOU DO NOT MAKE NEUTRAL CAUSES
NEW CORROSION.
(d) Apply a layer Material No. 13-002 Chemical Conversion Coating Yellow Aluminum) to
the bore and let it work for 3 minutes.
(e) Make the bore neutral with clean water.
(f) Dry the layer with a warm air up to a maximum temperature of 60 deg. C (140 deg.
F).
CAUTION : AFTER YOU CLEAN THE BUSH, TOUCH IT ONLY WITH CLEAN
GLOVES.
(g) Clean the bush with Material No. 11-003 Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone.
Page 6016
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 6017
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-350-801-A01
Replacement of the Bonded-in Bushes and Bearings
1. General
A. The repair for the RH door and the LH door is the same. Only the LH door is specified in this
section.
B. Refer to the Structural Repair Manual (SRM) for the door structure.
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : AFTER THE REMOVAL OF THE DAMAGE THE COMPONENTS PARTS MUST BE
IN THE LIMITS. REFER TO CHECK FOR THE LIMITS.
NOTE : Refer to CHECK and FITS AND CLEARANCES, TASK 52-22-24-820-808-A01 for the
limits of the component parts.
2. Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
08-050 Adhesive
16-021 Flexible Polyurethane
Consumable Materials
TABLE 1
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-820-808-A01 Fits and Clearances
PMS 01-05-27
Page 6018
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
PMS 01-02-41
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-350-001-A01
A. Replacement of the Bonded-in Bushes and Bearings
Page 6019
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
NOTE : For supplementary information for the replacement of the bush or bearing refer
to PMS 01-05-27 and PMS 01-02-41.
(a) Heat the components to a maximum temperature of 150 deg. C (302 deg. F).
(b) Press out the bush or the bearing with a suitable tool.
(c) Install the new bush or bearing (Refer to PMS 01-05-27).
(d) Examine visually the bonding and examine the bush or bearing for correct seating.
Page 6020
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
NOTE : For supplementary information for the replacement of the bush or bearing refer
to PMS 01-05-27 and PMS 01-02-41.
(a) Heat the components to a maximum temperature of 150 deg. C (302 deg. F).
(b) Press out the bush or the bearing with a suitable tool.
Page 6021
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 6022
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-350-802-A01
Replacement of the Swaged-In Spherical Bearings
1. General
A. The repair for the RH door and the LH door is the same. Only the LH door is specified in this
section.
B. Refer to the Structural Repair Manual (SRM) for the door structure.
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : AFTER THE REMOVAL OF THE DAMAGE THE COMPONENTS PARTS MUST BE
IN THE LIMITS. REFER TO CHECK FOR THE LIMITS.
NOTE : Refer to CHECK and FITS AND CLEARANCES, TASK 52-22-24-820-808-A01 for the
limits of the component parts.
2. Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
11-003 Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone
13-002 Chemical Conversion Coating Yellow Aluminum
04-004 Synthetic Ester Based Grease High Pressure
09-018 Corrosion Inhibitinglow Adhesion Sealant
16-021 Flexible Polyurethane
Consumable Materials
TABLE 1
Page 6023
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
B.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-820-808-A01 Fits and Clearances
PMS 01-05-26
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-350-002-A01
A. Replacement of the Swaged-In Spherical Bearings
(1) The components which are listed in the TABLE 3 are fitted with spherical bearings.
IPL FIG CMPNT ITEM COMPONENT PART PART NO. OF BEARING
NAME PART NO. BEARING ITEM
16 70 DRIFT PIN D52279391 MS14103-4 80
210 PISTON D52279374 NSA8136-04X 220
240 EYE END A52270391 NSA8136-04X 250
FITTING
18 30 TWIN LEVER D52279405 MS14103-4 40
28 270 INTERMEDIATE D52279467 NSA8137-04X 240
LEVER
30 10 LOWER ROD D52279476 NSA8136-04X 20
32A 100 ROD D52279461 MS14103-4 115
47 40 SLIDING ROD D52279187 MS14103-4 30
Swaged-In Spherical Bearings
TABLE 3
NOTE : For supplementary information for the replacement of the spherical bearings refer
to PMS 01-05-26.
Page 6024
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 6025
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-350-803-A01
Replacement of Threaded Inserts
1. General
A. The repair for the RH door and the LH door is the same. Only the LH door is specified in this
section.
B. Refer to the Structural Repair Manuel (SRM) for the door structure.
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
NOTE : Refer to CHECK and FITS AND CLEARANCES for the limits of the component
parts.
2. Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
05-002 Putty, Zinc Chromate General Purpose
Consumable Materials
TABLE 1
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
PMS 01-05-04
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
Page 6026
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-350-003-A01
A. Replacement of Threaded Inserts
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE MATERIAL NO. 05-002 PUTTY, ZINC
CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE. OBEY THE MATERIAL
MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS.
(a) Install the threaded inserts with Material No. 05-002 Putty, Zinc Chromate General
Purpose.
Page 6027
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-350-804-A01
Replacement of the HELI-COIL Threaded Inserts
1. General
A. The repair for the RH door and the LH door is the same. Only the LH door is specified in this
section.
B. Refer to the Structural Repair Manuel (SRM) for the door structure.
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
NOTE : Refer to CHECK and FITS AND CLEARANCES for the limits of the component
parts.
2. Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
05-002 Putty, Zinc Chromate General Purpose
Consumable Materials
TABLE 1
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
PMS 01-05-45
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
Page 6028
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-350-004-A01
A. Replacement of the HELI-COIL Threaded Inserts
NOTE : Refer to .
(1) The components which are listed in the TABLE 3 are fitted with threaded inserts.
IPL FIG CMPNT ITEM COMPONENT PART PART NO. OF BEARING
NAME PART NO. BEARING ITEM
16 60 LOCKING PIN D52279391 MS21209F8-15 90
ASSY
Threaded Inserts
TABLE 3
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE MATERIAL NO. 05-002 PUTTY, ZINC
CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE. OBEY THE MATERIAL
MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS.
(a) Install the threaded inserts with Material No. 05-002 Putty, Zinc Chromate General
Purpose.
Page 6029
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-350-805-A01
Replacement of the Door Placard
1. General
A. The repair for the RH door and the LH door is the same. Only the LH door is specified in this
section.
B. Refer to the Structural Repair Manuel (SRM) for the door structure.
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
Page 6030
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-350-005-A01
A. Replacement of the Door Placard
VARIANT
(1) Replacement of the door placard (Refer to IPL_FIGURE_01)
(a) Write down the data of the old placard.
(b) Transfer the data from the old placard to the new placard.
(c) Drill out the rivets and remove the placard as required.
(d) Install the placard with the rivets. Refer to the standard riveting procedure.
(2) Replacement of the door placard (Refer to IPL_FIGURE_01A)
(a) Write down the data of the old placard.
(b) Transfer the data from the old placard to the new placard.
(c) Remove the damaged self-adhesive placard with a non-metallic scraper.
Page 6031
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-350-806-A01
Replacement of Indication Placard
1. General
A. The repair for the RH door and the LH door is the same. Only the LH door is specified in this
section.
B. Refer to the Structural Repair Manuel (SRM) for the door structure.
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
Page 6032
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-350-006-A01
A. Replacement of Indication Placard
Page 6033
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-350-807-A01
Replacement of the Seal
1. General
A. The repair for the RH door and the LH door is the same. Only the LH door is specified in this
section.
B. Refer to the Structural Repair Manuel (SRM) for the door structure.
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
Page 6034
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-350-007-A01
A. Replacement of the Seal
Page 6035
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-350-808-A01
Replacement of Riveted Parts
1. General
A. The replacement for the left hand and the right hand emergency door is the same. Thus only
the replacement for the riveted parts of the left hand door is specified in this section.
2. Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
14SBA1 Textile-Lint free Cotton -
08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -
06AAC1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Interfay -
Consumable Materials
TABLE 1
C. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
PMS 01-05-47
PMS 01-04-24
PMS 01-04-30
PMS 01-05-46
Referenced Information
TABLE 3
3. Procedure
Page 6036
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED CLEANING AGENTS. CLEANING AGENTS WHICH
ARE NOT SPECIFIED CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
Subtask 52-22-24-350-008-A01
A. Replacement of the Riveted parts
(1) See TABLE 4 for the components and their replacement parts.
COMPONENT PART REPLACEMENT PART
IPL FIG. - ITEM
NAME NAME
11-070 Structure Self locking Nut-Plate
33-130 Structure Nut
Replacement Parts
TABLE 4
NOTE : See PMS 01-04-24 for more data about solid AL-rivets, PMS 01-04-30 for blind
rivets and PMS 01-05-46 for anchornuts.
(3) Remove the replacement part.
(4) Remove the dirt from the repair area with a vacuum cleaner.
(5) Clean the repair area with a clean Material No. 14SBA1 Textile-Lint free Cotton - made
moist with the Material No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
(6) Dry the surface with a clean, dry Material No. 14SBA1 Textile-Lint free Cotton -.
(7) Apply the Material No. 06AAC1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Interfay - to the new
rivets, see PMS 01-05-47.
(8) Apply the Material No. 06AAC1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Interfay - to the
mating surfaces of the new replacement part.
(9) Put the new replacement part in position and install the rivets.
NOTE : See PMS 01-04-24 for more data about solid AL-rivets, PMS 01-04-30 for blind
rivets and PMS 01-05-46 for anchornuts.
(10) Remove the unwanted sealant with a clean Material No. 14SBA1 Textile-Lint free Cotton -
made moist with the Material No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
Page 6037
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
ASSEMBLY
TASK 52-22-24-400-801-A01
Installation of the Transverse Section and Arm Lever
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAFTS ARE REWORKED TO A SURFACE FINISH OF
0.0004 MM (0.000016 IN.) ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) IF PTFE BUSHES ARE
INSTALLED.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7001
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-400-809-A01 Assembly and Installation of the Intermediate Shaft and Connecti
TASK 52-22-24-400-809-B01 Assembly and Installation of the Intermediate Shaft and Connecti
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-05-66
PMS 01-05-44
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-001-A01
A. Installation of the Transverse Section and Arm Lever
Page 7002
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(e) Install the fittings 03-270 with the bolts 03-160 and the nuts 03-190.
(f) Remove the remaining sealant.
(3) Install the lever arm assemblies 03-120 with the washers 03-040, the bolts 03-150 and the
nuts 03-180 on the fittings 03-270.
(4) Install the connecting rod 03-280 as follows:
(a) Set the length of the connecting rod 03-280 between the pivot points to the
dimension that was written down during DISASSEMBLY or to an initial setting of
193.0 mm (7.59 in).
Page 7003
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-802-A01
Installation of the Door Seal
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7004
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
06AAB1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Fillet -
Consumable Materials
TABLE 1
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-05-66
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-020-A FIGURE 52-22-24-991-020-A-Sealing of the Door Seal Retainer
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-002-A01
A. Installation of the Door Seal
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAPE OF THE DOOR SEAL IS MAINTAINED.
(4) Install the door seal 05-010 together with the retainers 05-020, 05-030, 05-040, 05-050,
05-060, 05-070, 05-080 and attach them with the screws 05-090, 05-100 and the nuts
05-110.
(5) Remove the remaining sealant.
(6) Seal the retainers from the lower edge of the door structure up to a height to between
539.3 and 579.3 mm (21.233 and 22.807 in) as follows:
(a) Apply a bead of Material No. 06AAB1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Fillet - to
the edges of the retainers 05-020, 05-030, 05-040, 05-050, 05-060, 05-070, 05-080
and the cleaned door structure.
Page 7005
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(b) Apply Material No. 06AAB1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Fillet - to the
junctions of the retainers 05-020, 05-030, 05-040, 05-050, 05-060, 05-070, 05-080.
Page 7006
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
539.3−579.3mm
(21.232−22.807in.)
A A
SEALED AREA
A−A
SEAL
RETAINER
CORROSION PREVENTIVE MATERIAL
SEALANT
SKIN (TYPICAL)
SEALANT
SCREW
F_CM_522224_1_0200101_01_00
Page 7007
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-803-A01
Installation of the Door Window
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7008
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
14RAD1 Cord-- Synthetic fiber Dia: 2.5 mm -
Consumable Materials
TABLE 1
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-05-66
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-021-A FIGURE 52-22-24-991-021-A-Door Window Installation
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-003-A01
A. Installation of the Door Window
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED CLEANING AGENT (MATERIAL NO. 11-001).
CAUTION : WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH THE WINDOW PANES.
NOTE : Refer to CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window.
(1) Clean the mating surface of the door window assembly 05-155, the door structure and the
retainer 05-160 with Material No. 08ABC1 Aqueous Cleaner-Aircraft Exterior Pressure
Spraying -.
(a) Use a clean. Material No. 14SBA1 Textile-Lint free Cotton -.
(2) Install the door window assembly 05-155 on the retainer 05-160.
(3) Apply Material No. 03QEA1 Dry lubricant-Anti Friction - - to the bolts 05-170, the
washers 05-180 and the mating surface of the retainer 05-160.
(4) Install the door window assembly 05-155 on the door structure as follows (Refer to FIGURE
52-22-24-991-021-A).
(a) Put the synthetic fibre cord (2) Material No. 14RAD1 Cord-- Synthetic fiber Dia: 2.5
mm - in position around the groove in the seal (3).
(b) Hold the synthetic fibre cord (2) Material No. 14RAD1 Cord-- Synthetic fiber Dia: 2.5
mm - in position with the knot at the bottom of the door window assembly (1).
Page 7009
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(c) Install the door window assembly (1) together with the retainer (4) on the door
structure (5) as follows:
1 Install the door window assembly (1) so that the vent hole of the inner pane (7)
shows on the lower part of the door.
2 Install the door window assembly (1) so that the end of the synthetic fibre cord
(2) Material No. 14RAD1 Cord-- Synthetic fiber Dia: 2.5 mm - is not caught
between the door window assembly (1) and the door structure (5).
(d) Lightly attach the retainer (4) and the washers (8) with the bolts (9),
(e) Pull on the synthetic fibre cord (2) Material No. 14RAD1 Cord-- Synthetic fiber Dia:
2.5 mm - until it is completely removed.
1 Install the door window assembly (1) so that the lip of the seal (3) is smoothly
engaged on the edge of the door structure (5).
Page 7010
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
BC 1 A
9 1
4
7
B 2 8
C 3
NOTE:
F_CM_522224_1_0210101_01_00
Page 7011
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-804-A01
Installation of the Structure Parts
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAFTS ARE REWORKED TO A SURFACE FINISH OF
0.0004 MM (0.000016 IN.) ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) IF PTFE BUSHES ARE
INSTALLED.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7012
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable -
06AAB1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Fillet -
03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp -
Consumable Materials
TABLE 1
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-05-66
PMS 01-05-44
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-022-A FIGURE 52-22-24-991-022-A-Adjustment of the Guide Roller
Assembly
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-023-A FIGURE 52-22-24-991-023-A-Adjustment of the Door Stop Fittings
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-004-A01
A. Installation of the Structure Parts
Page 7013
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(e) Apply a bead of Material No. 06AAB1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Fillet -
around the edge of the guide roller assembly 10-340.
(3) Assemble the guide roller assembly 10-090 as follows:
(a) Apply a thin film of Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General
Purpose Low Temp - to the spacer 10-170.
(b) Put the spacer 10-170 in the roller assembly 10-100.
(c) Install the spacer 10-170 together with the roller assembly 10-100, the bolt 10-140
and the washers 10-180, 10-190, 10-200 on the bracket 10-130.
(d) Make sure that the dimension ’A’ from the top of the roller 10-110 to the mounting
surface of the bracket 10-130 is to between 34.5 and 35.5 mm (1.358 and 1.397 in)
(Refer to FIGURE 52-22-24-991-022-A).
Page 7014
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(e) Apply a bead of Material No. 06AAB1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Fillet -
around the edge of the brackets 10-130, 10-250.
(6) Assemble the stop fitting assembly 10-010 as follows:
(a) Install the screw 10-030, the lockplate 10-040 and the nut 10-050 on the stop fitting
10-020.
(b) Adjust the screw 10-030 to a length ’A’ of 22.0 mm (0.866 in) between the top of the
screw 10-030 and the center line of the mounting hole (Refer to FIGURE
52-22-24-991-023-A).
(c) TORQUE the nut 10-050 to between 2.0 and 2.2 m.daN (177.014 and 194.716
lbf.in).
Page 7015
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 7016
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
’A’
ROLLER WASHERS
(TYPICAL)
F_CM_522224_1_0220101_01_01
Page 7017
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
’A’
F_CM_522224_1_0230101_01_01
Page 7018
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-805-A01
Installation of the Sealing Angles
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7019
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
06AAB1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Fillet -
Consumable Materials
TABLE 1
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-05-66
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-005-A01
A. Installation of the Sealing Angles
Page 7020
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-806-A01
Installation of the Cover and Locking Ramp
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7021
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
06AAB1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Fillet -
Consumable Materials
TABLE 1
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-350-807-A01 Replacement of the Seal
TASK 52-22-24-800-830-A01 Adjustment of the External Control Handle
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-05-66
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-024-A FIGURE 52-22-24-991-024-A-Door Structure
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-006-A01
A. Installation of the Cover and Locking Ramp
NOTE : For the replacement of a damaged seal 33-020 refer to REPAIR TASK
52-22-24-350-807-A01.
(a) Clean the shaft of the screws 33-030 and the inside of the outer handle box with
Material No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
(b) Apply Material No. 12ADB1 Corrosion Preventive Compound-Water Displacing &
Heavy Duty Hard Film -to the inside of the outer handle box.
(c) Apply Material No. 06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable - to the
shaft of the screws 33-030.
(d) Install the cover assembly 33-010 with the screws 33-030 and the washers 33-040 on
the door structure.
(e) Remove the remaining sealant.
(2) Attach the stop as follows:
(a) Clean the mating surfaces of the shim 33-180 and the door structure with Material
No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
Page 7022
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(b) Apply Material No. 06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable - to the
cleaned surface of the shim 33-180.
(c) Attach the shims 33-160, 33-170, 33-180 with the screws 33-150.
(d) Remove the remaining sealant.
(e) Make a bead of Material No. 06AAB1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Fillet -
around the shim 33-180.
(3) Attach the handle locking as follows:
(a) Clean the mating surfaces of the shim 33-120 and the door structure with Material
No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
(b) Apply Material No. 06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable - to the
cleaned surface of the shim 33-120.
(c) Attach the support 33-060 with the screws 33-070, the washers 33-080 and the shims
33-090, 33-100, 33-110, 33-120 to the door structure.
(d) Remove the remaining sealant.
(e) Put a tag on the handle locking with the data: ’Seal the edge of the handle locking
with a bead of Material No. 06AAB1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Fillet - after
the final adjustment of the external handle’.
NOTE : Adjust the roller 33-190 after the installation and final adjustment of the
external handle. Refer to ASSEMBLY TASK 52-22-24-800-830-A01.
Page 7023
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
OUTER STRUCTURE
OUTER
HANDLE
BOX
A A
SECTION
A−A
NOTE:
Door Structure
FIGURE-52-22-24-991-024-A01
Page 7024
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-807-A01
Assembly and Installation of the Locking Pin and the Spring Box
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAFTS ARE REWORKED TO A SURFACE FINISH OF
0.0004 MM (0.000016 IN.) ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) IF PTFE BUSHES ARE
INSTALLED.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7025
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-400-809-A01 Assembly and Installation of the Intermediate Shaft and Connecti
TASK 52-22-24-400-809-B01 Assembly and Installation of the Intermediate Shaft and Connecti
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-05-66
PMS 01-05-44
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-007-A01
A. Assembly and Installation of the Locking Pin and the Spring Box
Page 7026
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(e) Safety the nut 16-130 with the new cotter pin 16-140, see PMS 01-05-44.
(f) Clean the mating surfaces of the locking pin fitting 16-320 and the door structure
with Material No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
(g) Apply Material No. 06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable - to the
cleaned surface of the locking pin fitting 16-320.
(h) Attach the locking pin fitting 16-320 with the bolts 16-350 and the washers 16-360 to
the door structure.
(i) Remove the remaining sealant.
(j) Apply a bead of Material No. 06AAB1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Fillet -
around the edge of the locking fitting 16-320.
(k) Install the bushings 16-150 and 16-160 in their attachment lugs.
(l) Install the rod 16-180 with the bolt 16-100, the washers 16-110, 16-120, the spacer
16-170 and the nut 16-130.
(m) Safety the nut 16-130 with the new cotter pin 16-140, see PMS 01-05-44.
(2) Assemble and install the spring box assembly 16-190 as follows:
(a) Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp
- to the sliding surfaces of the piston assembly 16-200 and to the compression-spring
16-280.
(b) Put the washers 16-281 and the compression-spring 16-280 in the piston assembly
16-200 and attach the eye-end fitting 16-230 with the bolts 16-260 and the washers
16-270.
(c) Safety the bolts 16-260 with Material No. 14QFB1 Wire-Locking Dia: 0.8 mm CRES
Nickel Alloy -.
(d) Clean the mating surfaces of the bearing block 16-370 and the door structure with
Material No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
(e) Apply Material No. 06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable - to the
cleaned surface of the bearing block 16-370.
(f) Attach the bearing block 16-370 with the screws 16-380, the washers 16-390 and the
nuts 16-400.
(g) Install the bushings 16-150 and 16-160 in their attachment lugs of the bearing block
16-370.
(h) Attach the spring box assembly 16-190 with the bolt 16-290, the washers 16-120 and
the nut 16-130.
(i) Safety the nut 16-130 with the new cotter pin 16-300, see PMS 01-05-44.
(j) Install the bushings 16-150 and 16-160 in their attachment lugs.
Page 7027
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(k) Attach the spring box assembly 16-190 with the bolt 16-290, the washers 16-110,
16-120 and the nut 16-130.
(l) Safety the nut 16-130 with the new cotter pin 16-300, see PMS 01-05-44.
Page 7028
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-807-B01
Assembly and Installation of the Locking Pin and the Spring Box
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAFTS ARE REWORKED TO A SURFACE FINISH OF
0.0004 MM (0.000016 IN.) ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) IF PTFE BUSHES ARE
INSTALLED.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply No. Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to
all bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7029
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-400-809-B01 Assembly and Installation of the Intermediate Shaft and Connecti
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-05-66
PMS 01-05-44
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-047-A01
A. Assembly and Installation of the Locking Pin and the Spring Box
Page 7030
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(e) Safety the nut 16A-130 with the new cotter pin 16A-140, see PMS 01-05-44.
(f) Clean the mating surfaces of the locking pin fitting 16A-320 and the door structure
with Material No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
(g) Apply Material No. 06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable - to the
cleaned surface of the locking pin fitting 16A-320.
(h) Attach the locking pin fitting 16A-320 with the bolts 16A-350 and the washers
16A-360 to the door structure.
(i) Remove the remaining sealant.
(j) Apply a bead of Material No. 06AAB1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Fillet -
around the edge of the locking fitting 16A-320.
(k) Install the bushings 16A-150 and 16A-160 in their attachment lugs of the rod
16A-180.
(l) Attach the rod 16A-180 with the bolt 16A-100, the washers 16A-110, 16A-120, the
spacer 16A-170 and the nut 16A-130 to the twin lever assembly 18A-020.
(m) Safety the nut 16A-130 with the new cotter pin 16A-140, see PMS 01-05-44.
(2) Assemble and install the spring box assembly 16A-190 as follows:
(a) Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp
- to the sliding surfaces of the piston assembly 16A-200 and to the compression-spring
16A-280.
(b) Put the washers 16A-281 and the compression-spring 16A-280 in the piston assembly
16A-200 and attach the eye-end fitting 16A-230 with the bolts 16A-260 and the
washers 16A-270.
(c) Safety the bolts 16A-260 with Material No. 14QFB1 Wire-Locking Dia: 0.8 mm CRES
Nickel Alloy -.
(d) Clean the mating surfaces of the bearing block 16A-370 and the door structure with
Material No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
(e) Apply Material No. 06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable - to the
cleaned surface of the bearing block 16A-370.
(f) Attach the bearing block 16A-370 with the screws 16A-380, the washers 16A-390 and
the nuts 16A-400.
(g) Install the bushings 16A-150 and 16A-160 in their attachment lugs of the bearing
block 16A-370.
(h) Attach the spring box assembly 16A-190 with the bolt 16A-390, the washers 16A-120
and the nut 16A-130.
(i) Safety the nut 16A-130 with the new cotter pin 16A-300, see PMS 01-05-44.
(j) Install the bushings 16A-150 and 16A-160 in their attachment lugs.
Page 7031
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(k) Attach the spring box assembly 16A-190 with the bolt 16A-390, the washers 16A-110,
16A-120 and the nut 16A-130.
(l) Safety the nut 16A-130 with the new cotter pin 16A-300, see PMS 01-05-44.
Page 7032
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-808-A01
Assembly and Installation of the Locking Hook and Connecting Rod
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAFTS ARE REWORKED TO A SURFACE FINISH OF
0.0004 MM (0.000016 IN.) ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) IF PTFE BUSHES ARE
INSTALLED.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7033
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-400-809-B01 Assembly and Installation of the Intermediate Shaft and Connecti
TASK 52-22-24-400-829-A01 Adjustment of the Locking Mechanism
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-05-66
PMS 01-05-44
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-008-A01
A. Assembly and Installation of the Locking Hook and Connecting Rod
NOTE : This is a temporary adjustment. For the final adjustment refer to ASSEMBLY
TASK 52-22-24-400-829-A01.
(a) Put a tag on the connecting rod 17-240 with the data: ’Safety the rod ends after the
final adjustment’.
(3) Install the connecting rod 17-240 as follows:
(a) Install the bushings 17-150 and 17-160 in their attachment lugs of the locking hook
assembly 17-010.
(b) Attach the connecting rod 17-240 with the bolt 17-110, the washers 17-070, 17-120
and the nut 17-130.
(c) Safety the nut 17-130 with the new cotter pin 17-140, see PMS 01-05-44.
(d) Install the bushings 17-210 and 17-220 in their attachment lugs.
(e) Attach the connecting rod 17-240 with the bolt 17-200 the washers 17-120 and the
nut 17-130.
(f) Safety the nut 17-130 with the new cotter pin 17-230, see PMS 01-05-44.
(g) Attach the bellows 17-170 with the cable ties 17-180, 17-190.
Page 7034
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-809-A01
Assembly and Installation of the Intermediate Shaft and Connecting Rod
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAFTS ARE REWORKED TO A SURFACE FINISH OF
0.0004 MM (0.000016 IN.) ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) IF PTFE BUSHES ARE
INSTALLED.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7035
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-400-829-A01 Adjustment of the Locking Mechanism
TASK 52-22-24-400-832-A01 Adjustment of the Targets for the Proximity Switches
TASK 52-22-24-400-811-A01 Assembly and Installation of the Locking Shaft
TASK 52-22-24-800-828-A01 Adjustment Preparation
TASK 52-22-24-800-830-A01 Adjustment of the External Control Handle
TASK 52-22-24-800-831-A01 Adjustment of the Emergency Slide-Handle
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-05-44
PMS 01-05-66
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-025-A FIGURE 52-22-24-991-025-A-Adjustment of the Rod
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-009-A01
A. Assembly and Installation of the Intermediate Shaft and Connecting Rod
NOTE : For the adjustment of the stop-bolts 18-410 refer to ASSEMBLY TASK
52-22-24-400-829-A01.
(2) Put a tag on the stop bolts 18-410 with the data: ’Adjust the stop bolt when the door is
installed on the aircraft’.
(3) Install the intermediate shaft 18-150 in the support fitting assembly 18-050.
Page 7036
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(4) Install the intermediate lever 18-080 on the intermediate shaft 18-150 and align the punch
mark with the notch.
(5) Attach the intermediate lever 18-080 with the screw 18-100 and the lock washer 18-110.
(6) Safety the screw 18-100 with the lock washer 18-110.
(7) Install the twin lever assembly 18-020 on the intermediate shaft 18-150 and align the punch
mark with the notch.
(8) Attach the twin lever assembly 18-020 with the screw 18-100 and the lock washer 18-110.
(9) Safety the screw 18-100 with the lock washer 18-110.
(10) Install the control lever 18-090 on the intermediate shaft 18-150 and align the bore for the
bolt 18-120 with the notch of the intermediate shaft 18-150.
(11) Attach the control lever 18-090 with the bolt 18-120 the washer 18-130 and the nut
18-140.
(12) Install the intermediate shaft assembly 18-010 on the spherical bearing 18-260.
(13) Clean the mating surfaces of the support fitting assembly 18-050, the stop fittings 18-400,
18-460 and the door structure with Material No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-
Ethyl-Ketone -.
(14) Apply Material No. 06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable - to the
cleaned surface of the support fitting assembly 18-050 and to the stop fittings 18-400,
18-460.
(15) Attach the stop fittings 18-400, 18-460 together with the support fitting assembly 18-050,
the bolts 18-470, 18-480, 18-490, 18-500, 18-510 and the nuts 18-230, 18-450, 18-520 to
the door structure.
(16) Remove the remaining sealant.
(17) Clean the mating surfaces of the support fitting assembly 18-160 and the door structure
with Material No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
(18) Apply Material No. 06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable - to the
cleaned surface of the support fitting assembly 18-160.
(19) Attach the support fitting assembly 18-160 with the bolts 18-190 and the nuts 18-200.
(20) Remove the remaining sealant.
(21) Attach the target 18-390 lightly with the lock washer 18-395 and the nut 18-393 to the
lever 18-210.
NOTE : For the adjustment of the target 18-390 refer to TASK 52-22-24-400-832-A01.
(22) Put a tag on the target 18-390 with the data: ’Safety the nut after the adjustment’.
(23) Install the washer 18-250 and the spacer-sleeve 18-220 on the intermediate shaft 18-150.
Page 7037
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(24) Install the lever 18-210 on the intermediate shaft 18-150 and align the punch mark with the
notch.
(25) Install the washer 18-240 and attach the nut 18-230.
(26) If necessary, assemble and pre-adjust the rod 18-330 (Refer to Para. TBD).
Page 7038
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(8) Attach the twin lever assembly 18-020 with the screw 18-100 and the lock washer 18-110.
(9) Safety the screw 18-100 with the lock washer 18-110.
(10) Install the control lever 18-090 on the intermediate shaft 18-150 and align the bore for the
bolt 18-120 with the notch of the intermediate shaft 18-150.
(11) Attach the control lever 18-090 with the bolt 18-120 the washer 18-130 and the nut
18-140.
(12) Install the intermediate shaft assembly 18-010 on the spherical bearing 18-260.
(13) Clean the mating surfaces of the support fitting assembly 18-050, the stop fittings 18-400,
18-460 and the door structure with Material No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-
Ethyl-Ketone -.
(14) Apply Material No. 06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable - to the
cleaned surface of the support fitting assembly 18-050 and to the stop fittings 18-400,
18-460.
(15) Attach the stop fittings 18-400, 18-460 together with the support fitting assembly 18-050,
the bolts 18-470, 18-480, 18-490, 18-500, 18-510 and the nuts 18-230, 18-450, 18-520 to
the door structure.
(16) Remove the remaining sealant.
(17) Clean the mating surfaces of the support fitting assembly 18-160 and the door structure
with Material No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
(18) Apply Material No. 06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable - to the
cleaned surface of the support fitting assembly 18-160.
(19) Attach the support fitting assembly 18-160 with the bolts 18-190 and the nuts 18-200.
(20) Remove the remaining sealant.
(21) Attach the target 18-390 lightly with the lock washer 18-395 and the nut 18-393 to the
lever 18-210.
Page 7039
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(a) Adjust the rod 18-330 between the pivot points to the measured length (Refer to
DISASSEMBLY) so, that the dimension ’A’ is 6.0 mm (0.236 in) less than dimension
’B’ (Refer to FIGURE 52-22-24-991-025-A).
Page 7040
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
’A’
’B’
F_CM_522224_1_0250101_01_01
Page 7041
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-809-B01
Assembly and Installation of the Intermediate Shaft and Connecting Rod
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAFTS ARE REWORKED TO A SURFACE FINISH OF
0.0004 MM (0.000016 IN.) ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) IF PTFE BUSHES ARE
INSTALLED.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7042
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-05-44
PMS 01-05-66
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-045-A01
A. Assembly and Installation of the Intermediate Shaft and Connecting Rod
Page 7043
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(9) Install the washers 18A-530, TBD, TBD on the intermediate shaft 18A-150.
(10) Clean the mating surfaces of the support fitting assembly 18A-050, the stop fittings
18A-400, 18A-460 and the door structure with Material No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous
Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
(11) Apply Material No. 06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable - to the
cleaned surface of the support fitting assembly 18A-050 and to the stop fittings 18A-400,
18A-460.
(12) Put the support fitting assembly 18A-050 in position.
(13) Install the stop fittings 18A-400, 18A-460 with the bolts 18A-470, 18A-480, 18A-490,
18A-500, 18A-510 and the nuts 18A-231, 18A-450, 18A-520.
(14) Remove the remaining sealant.
(15) Put the intermediate shaft 18A-150 in position.
(16) Clean the mating surfaces of the support fitting assembly 18A-160 and the door structure
with Material No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
(17) Apply Material No. 06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable - to the
cleaned surface of the support fitting assembly 18A-160.
(18) Install the support fitting assembly 18A-160 with the bolts 18A-190 and the nuts 18A-200.
(19) Remove the remaining sealant.
(20) Assemble and install the connecting rod 18A-330 as follows:
(21) Install the bushings 18A-310 and 18A-320 in their attachment lugs of the rod 18A-330.
(22) Hold the connecting rod 18A-330 in position.
(23) Install the connecting rod 18A-330 with the nuts 18A-290, the washers 18A-280 and the
bolts 18A-270.
(24) Safety the nuts 18A-290 with the new cotter pins 18A-300, see PMS 01-05-44.
Page 7044
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-811-A01
Assembly and Installation of the Locking Shaft
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAFTS ARE REWORKED TO A SURFACE FINISH OF
0.0004 MM (0.000016 IN.) ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) IF PTFE BUSHES ARE
INSTALLED.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7045
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-400-829-A01 Adjustment of the Locking Mechanism
TASK 52-22-24-400-817-A01 Assembly and Installation of the Internal Control Handle
TASK 52-22-24-400-817-B01 Assembly and Installation of the Internal Control Handle
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-05-44
PMS 01-05-66
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-011-A01
A. Assembly and Installation of the Locking Shaft
Page 7046
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(8) Install the indicator lever 19-110 on the locking shaft 19-130.
(9) Install the lever 19-030 on the serrated sleeve 19-020.
(10) Install the setscrew 19-070, the retaining ring 19-090, the lock washer 19-100 and the nut
19-080 lightly on the fork lever 19-040.
NOTE : This is a temporary adjustment. For the final adjustment refer to ASSEMBLY
TASK 52-22-24-400-829-A01.
Page 7047
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(a) Put a tag on the rod 19-400 with the data: ’Safety the rod ends when the door is
installed in the aircraft’.
(28) Install the rod 19-400 as follows:
(a) Install the bushings 19-380, 19-390 in their attachment lugs of the driver lever 19-030.
(b) Attach the rod 19-400 with the bolt 19-340 the washers 19-300, 19-350 and the nut
19-360.
(c) Safety the nut 19-360 with the new cotter pin 19-310, see PMS 01-05-44.
Page 7048
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-811-B01
Assembly and Installation of the Locking Shaft
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAFTS ARE REWORKED TO A SURFACE FINISH OF
0.0004 MM (0.000016 IN.) ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) IF PTFE BUSHES ARE
INSTALLED.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7049
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-400-829-A01 Adjustment of the Locking Mechanism
TASK 52-22-24-400-817-B01 Assembly and Installation of the Internal Control Handle
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-05-44
PMS 01-05-66
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-044-A01
A. Assembly and Installation of the Locking Shaft
Page 7050
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(8) Install the pin 19A-260 and the washer 19A-270 on the indicator lever19A-110.
(9) Safety the pin 19A-260 with the new cotter pin 19A-280, see PMS 01-05-44.
(10) Attach the indicator lever19A-110 to the spring rod assembly 46-010 with the pin 19A-290
and the washer 19A-300.
(11) Safety the pin 19A-290 with the new cotter pin 19-310, see PMS 01-05-44.
(12) Install the lever 19A-030 on the serrated sleeve 19A-020.
(13) Install the setscrew 19A-070, the retaining ring 19A-090, the lock washer 19A-100 and the
nut 19A-080 lightly on the fork lever 19A-040.
NOTE : This is a temporary adjustment. For the final adjustment refer to ASSEMBLY
TASK 52-22-24-400-829-A01.
(a) Put a tag on the rod 19A-400 with the data: ’Safety the rod ends when the door is
installed in the aircraft’.
Page 7051
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 7052
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-812-A01
Assembly and Installation of the Locking Indicator
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAFTS ARE REWORKED TO A SURFACE FINISH OF
0.0004 MM (0.000016 IN.) ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) IF PTFE BUSHES ARE
INSTALLED.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7053
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable -
Consumable Materials
TABLE 1
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-400-811-A01 Assembly and Installation of the Locking Shaft
TASK 52-22-24-400-811-B01 Assembly and Installation of the Locking Shaft
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-05-66
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-012-A01
A. Assembly and Installation of the Locking Indicator
Page 7054
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(9) Clean the mating surfaces of the indicator base 20-140 and the door structure with
Material No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
(10) Apply Material No. 06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable - to the
cleaned surface of the indicator base 20-140.
(11) Install the indicator base 20-140 with the bolts 20-160 and the nuts 20-150.
(12) Remove the remaining sealant.
Page 7055
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-812-B01
Assembly and Installation of the Locking Indicator
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAFTS ARE REWORKED TO A SURFACE FINISH OF
0.0004 MM (0.000016 IN.) ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) IF PTFE BUSHES ARE
INSTALLED.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7056
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-400-811-B01 Assembly and Installation of the Locking Shaft
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-05-66
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-043-A01
A. Assembly and Installation of the Locking Indicator
Page 7057
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(8) Put a tag on the indicator plate 20-010 with the data: ’Adjust the indicator plate when the
door is installed in the aircraft’.
(9) Clean the mating surfaces of the indicator base 20-140 and the door structure with
Material No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
(10) Apply Material No. 06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable - to the
cleaned surface of the indicator base 20-140.
(11) Install the indicator base 20-140 with the bolts 20-160 and the nuts 20-150.
(12) Remove the remaining sealant.
Page 7058
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-813-A01
Installation of the Transmission Shaft
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAFTS ARE REWORKED TO A SURFACE FINISH OF
0.0004 MM (0.000016 IN.) ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) IF PTFE BUSHES ARE
INSTALLED.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7059
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-013-A01
A. Installation of the Transmission Shaft
NOTE : Refer to ASSEMBLY TASK 52-22-24-400-823-A01 for the assembly and installation of
the connecting rod assembly 46-190.
(1) Install the transmission shaft 21-010 with the washer 21-060 and the special washer on the
door structure.
(2) Align the punch mark of the transmission shaft 21-010 with the punch mark of the lever
21-110 and install it.
(3) Attach the lever 21-140 with the bolt 21-150 and the lock washer 21-160.
(4) Install the washers 21-030, 21-040, 21-050, 21-060 and the nut 21-080 on the transmission
shaft 21-010.
(5) Safety the nut 21-080 with the new cotter pin 21-020, see PMS 01-05-44.
Page 7060
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 7061
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-814-A01
Installation of the Connecting Rod Assemblies
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAFTS ARE REWORKED TO A SURFACE FINISH OF
0.0004 MM (0.000016 IN.) ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) IF PTFE BUSHES ARE
INSTALLED.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7062
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-400-816-B01 Installation of the External Control Handle Assembly
TASK 52-22-24-400-816-C01 Installation of the External Control Handle Assembly
TASK 52-22-24-400-817-A01 Assembly and Installation of the Internal Control Handle
TASK 52-22-24-400-817-B01 Assembly and Installation of the Internal Control Handle
TASK 52-22-24-400-819-A01 Assembly and Installation of the Adjusting Lever and Fork End Ro
TASK 52-22-24-400-819-B01 Assembly and Installation of the Adjusting Lever and Fork End Ro
TASK 52-22-24-800-828-A01 Adjustment Preparation
TASK 52-22-24-000-813-A01 Removal and Disassembly of the Connecting Rod Assemblies
TASK 52-22-24-400-829-A01 Adjustment of the Locking Mechanism
TASK 52-22-24-800-830-A01 Adjustment of the External Control Handle
TASK 52-22-24-800-831-A01 Adjustment of the Emergency Slide-Handle
TASK 52-22-24-400-832-A01 Adjustment of the Targets for the Proximity Switches
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-05-44
PMS 01-05-66
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-014-A01
A. Installation of the Connecting Rod Assemblies
Page 7063
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(d) Adjust the connecting rod assembly 22-010 between the pivot points to the measured
length (Refer to DISASSEMBLY TASK 52-22-24-000-813-A01).
NOTE : This is a temporary adjustment. For the final adjustment refer to TASK
52-22-24-800-828-A01.
(a) Put a tag on the rod 22-200 with the data: ’Safety the nuts when the door is installed
in the aircraft’.
(6) Install the bushes 22-130, 22-190 and the bushing 22-160 in their attachment lugs of the
twin lever 26-380 or 26A-380 and bellcrank 28-110 or 28A-110.
(7) Attach the rod 22-200 with the bolt 22-080 the washers 22-090, 22-100 and the nut 22-110
to the twin lever 26-380 or 26A-380.
(8) Safety the nut 22-110 with the new cotter pin 22-150, see PMS 01-05-44.
(9) Attach the rod 22-200 with the bolt 22-170, the washers 22-090, 22-100, 22-180 and the
nut 22-110 to the bellcrank 28-110 or 28A-110.
(10) Safety the nut 22-110 with the new cotter pin 22-150, see PMS 01-05-44.
Page 7064
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-815-A01
Assembly of the External Control Handle Assembly
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAFTS ARE REWORKED TO A SURFACE FINISH OF
0.0004 MM (0.000016 IN.) ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) IF PTFE BUSHES ARE
INSTALLED.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7065
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-000-815-A01 Disassembly of the External Control Handle Assembly
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-05-66
PMS 01-05-44
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-027-A FIGURE 52-22-24-991-027-A-Adjustment of the External Handle
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-015-A01
A. Assembly of the External Control Handle Assembly
Page 7066
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 7067
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(7) Assemble the hook assembly 24-010 and the attachment parts (Refer to IPL_FIGURE_24):
(a) Install the connecting rods 24-170 on the hook assembly 24-010 with the pivot pin
24-180, the washer 24-190 and the retaining ring 24-200.
(b) Put the bushing 24-220 into the fork end fitting 24-210 and install the fork end fitting
24-210 with the bolt 24-380 and the nut 24-390 in the outer lever 24-560.
(c) Pull down the fork end fittings 24-210, 24-330 and put the hook assembly 24-010
through the lugs in position.
(d) Hold the hook assembly 24-010 with the washers 24-060 in position at the setscrew
24-110 and install the bushing 24-050.
(e) Lift back the fork end fitting 24-210 and install the bolt 24-040, the washer 24-070
and the nut 24-080.
(f) Safety the nut 24-080 with the new cotter pin 24-090, see PMS 01-05-44.
(g) Attach the lower ends of the connecting rods 24-170 to the bellcrank assembly 25-010
of the actuating rod 24-570 with the pivot pin 24-180, the washer 24-190 and the
retaining ring 24-200.
(8) Attach the plug 24-100, in a little bag and with a bonding tape, to the outer lever 24-560.
NOTE : The access to the setscrew 24-110 is necessary for the adjustment of the door.
(9) Adjust the length of the actuating rod 24-570 if one of the clearances is not in the limits as
follows:
NOTE : Make sure that the minimum clearance ’C’ and ’D’ on both sides of the hook
24-030 is 1.0 mm (0.039 in) (Refer to FIGURE 52-22-24-991-027-A).
(a) Remove the actuating rod 24-570 (Refer to DISASSEMBLY, TASK
52-22-24-000-815-A01).
(b) Disassemble the actuating rod 24-570 until you get access to the shim washers 25-340
(Refer to DISASSEMBLY, TASK 52-22-24-000-815-A01).
Page 7068
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
SECTION
A−A
’B’
’A’
’C’
’D’
A
F_CM_522224_1_0270101_01_01
Page 7069
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-815-B01
Assembly of the External Control Handle Assembly
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAFTS ARE REWORKED TO A SURFACE FINISH OF
0.0004 MM (0.000016 IN.) ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) IF PTFE BUSHES ARE
INSTALLED.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7070
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-000-815-A01 Disassembly of the External Control Handle Assembly
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-05-66
PMS 01-05-44
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-051-A FIGURE 52-22-24-991-051-A-Adjustment of the External Handle
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-042-A01
A. Assembly of the External Control Handle Assembly
Page 7071
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 7072
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(7) Assemble the hook assembly 24-010 and the attachment parts (Refer to IPL_FIGURE_24):
(a) Install the connecting rods 24-170 on the hook assembly 24-010 with the pivot pin
24-180, the washer 24-190 and the retaining ring 24-200.
(b) Put the bushing 24-220 into the fork end fitting 24-210 and install the fork end fitting
24-210 with the bolt 24-380 and the nut 24-390 in the outer lever 24-560.
(c) Pull down the fork end fittings 24-210, 24-330 and put the hook assembly 24-010
through the lugs in position.
(d) Hold the hook assembly 24-010 with the washers 24-060 in position at the setscrew
24-110 and install the bushing 24-050.
(e) Lift back the fork end fitting 24-210 and install the bolt 24-040, the washer 24-070
and the nut 24-080.
(f) Safety the nut 24-080 with the new cotter pin 24-090.
(g) Attach the lower ends of the connecting rods 24-170 to the bellcrank assembly
25A-010 of the actuating rod 24-570 with the pivot pin 24-180, the washer 24-190
and the retaining ring 24-200.
(8) Attach the plug 24-100, in a little bag and with a bonding tape, to the outer lever 24-560.
NOTE : The access to the setscrew 24-110 is necessary for the adjustment of the door.
(9) Adjust the length of the actuating rod 24-570 if one of the clearances is not in the limits as
follows:
NOTE : Make sure that the minimum clearance ’C’ and ’D’ on both sides of the hook
24-030 is 1.0 mm (0.039 in) (Refer to FIGURE 52-22-24-991-051-A).
(a) Remove the actuating rod 24-570 (Refer to DISASSEMBLY, TASK
52-22-24-000-815-A01).
(b) Disassemble the actuating rod 24-570 until you get access to the shim washers 25-340
(Refer to DISASSEMBLY, TASK 52-22-24-000-815-A01).
Page 7073
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
’A’
’C’
’D’
A
A A
F_CM_522224_1_0510101_01_00
Page 7074
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-816-A01
Installation of the External Control Handle Assembly
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAFTS ARE REWORKED TO A SURFACE FINISH OF
0.0004 MM (0.000016 IN.) ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) IF PTFE BUSHES ARE
INSTALLED.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7075
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
C. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-04-55
PMS 01-05-66
Referenced Information
TABLE 3
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-016-A01
A. Installation of the External Control Handle Assembly
NOTE : Mark the punch marks with a good visible marker on the whole length of the external
control handle shaft 23-470. This makes it easier to find the marks for the installation
of the external control handle 23-130 and the levers 23-300, 23-450 .
(1) Put the external control handle 23-130 in position.
(2) Push the external control-handle shaft 23-470 into the external control handle 23-130.
NOTE : Make sure that the marks of the external control handle 23-130 and the external
control handle shaft 23-470 are in line.
Page 7076
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
NOTE : Make sure that the marks of the lever 23-300 and the hollow shaft 23-430 are in
line.
(8) Safety the screw 23-310 with the lock washer 23-320.
(9) Put the lever 23-450 on the emergency control-handle shaft 23-470.
(10) Position the external control-handle shaft 23-470 so, that you can install the packing
23-440.
(11) Install the flange 23-100 as follows:
(a) Clean the mating surface of the flange 23-100 and the door structure with Material
No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
(b) Apply Material No. Material No. 06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose
Brushable - to the cleaned surface of the flange 23-100 and the door structure.
(c) Put the flange 23-100 on the door structure in position and install the bolts 23-040
and the nuts 23-060.
(d) Remove the remaining sealant.
(12) Engage the roller 23-230 of the lever assembly 23-170 to the lever flange 24-260.
(13) Push the hollow shaft 23-430 into the lever assembly 23-170 in position and install the bolt
23-280 and the nut 23-290.
NOTE : Make sure that the marks of the lever assembly 23-170 and the hollow shaft
23-430 are in line.
Page 7077
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(14) Push the lever 23-450 on the external control-handle shaft 23-470 in position and install
the lock washer 23-320 and the screw 23-460.
NOTE : Make sure that the marks of the lever 23-450 and the external control-handle
shaft 23-470 are in line.
(15) Safety the screw 23-460 with the lock washer 23-320.
(16) Install the key washer 23-150 and the nut 23-140.
(17) Tighten the nut 23-140 with the 98AMS172323 Wrench.
(18) Safety the nut with the key washer 23-150.
(19) Install the washers 23-360, 23-370.
(20) Install the flange bearing assembly 23-070 as follows:
(a) Clean the mating surfaces of the flange bearing assembly 23-070 and the door
structure with Material No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
(b) Apply Material No. 06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable - to the
cleaned surface of the flange bearing assembly 23-070.
(c) Put the flange bearing assembly 23-070 on the door structure in position and attach it
with the bolts 23-040 and the nuts 23-060.
(d) Remove the remaining sealant.
(21) Install the washers 23-360, 23-380, 23-390, 23-400 and the nut 23-410.
(22) Safety the nut 23-410 with the new cotter pin 23-420, see PMS 01-04-55.
(23) Install the fitting assembly 23-010 as follows:
(a) Clean the mating surfaces of the fitting assembly 23-010 and the door structure with
Material No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
(b) Apply Material No. 06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable - to the
cleaned surface of the fitting assembly 23-010.
(c) Put the fitting assembly 23-010 on the door structure in position and install the bolts
23-050 and the nuts 23-065.
(d) Remove the remaining sealant.
(e) Make a bead of Material No. 06AAB1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Fillet -
around the edge of the fitting assembly 23-010.
Page 7078
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-816-B01
Installation of the External Control Handle Assembly
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAFTS ARE REWORKED TO A SURFACE FINISH OF
0.0004 MM (0.000016 IN.) ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) IF PTFE BUSHES ARE
INSTALLED.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply No. Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to
all bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7079
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
C. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-04-55
PMS 01-05-66
Referenced Information
TABLE 3
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-040-A01
A. Installation of the External Control Handle Assembly
NOTE : Mark the punch marks with a good visible marker on the whole length of the external
control handle shaft 23A-470. This makes it easier to find the marks for the
installation of the external control handle 23A-130 and the levers 23A-300, 23A-450.
(1) Put the external control handle 23A-130 in position.
(2) Push the external control-handle shaft 23A-470 into the external control handle 23A-130.
NOTE : Make sure that the marks of the external control handle 23A-130 and the
external control handle shaft 23A-470 are in line.
Page 7080
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
NOTE : Make sure that the marks of the lever 23A-300 and the hollow shaft 23A-430 are
in line.
(8) Safety the screw 23A-310 with the lock washer 23A-320.
(9) Put the lever 23A-450 on the emergency control-handle shaft 23A-470.
(10) Position the external control-handle shaft 23A-470 so, that you can install the packing
23A-440.
(11) Put the external control handle shaft 23A-470 in the ball bearing 23B-490.
(12) Install the flange 23A-100 as follows:
(a) Clean the mating surface of the flange 23A-100 and the door structure with Material
No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
(b) Apply Material No. 06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable - to the
cleaned surface of the flange 23A-100 and the door structure.
(c) Put the flange 23A-100 on the door structure in position and install the bolts 23A-040
and the nuts 23A-060.
(d) Remove the remaining sealant.
(13) Engage the roller 23A-230 of the lever assembly 23A-170 to the lever flange 24-260.
Page 7081
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(14) Push the hollow shaft 23A-430 into the lever assembly 23A-170 in position and install the
bolt 23A-280 and the nut 23A-290.
NOTE : Make sure that the marks of the lever assembly 23A-170 and the hollow shaft
23A-430 are in line.
(15) Push the lever 23A-450 on the external control-handle shaft 23A-470 in position and install
the lock washer 23A-320 and the screw 23A-460.
NOTE : Make sure that the marks of the lever 23A-450 and the external control-handle
shaft 23A-470 are in line.
(16) Safety the screw 23A-460 with the lock washer 23A-320.
(17) Install the key washer 23A-150 and the nut 23A-140.
(18) Tighten the nut 23A-140 with the 98AMS172323 Wrench.
(19) Safety the nut with the key washer 23A-150.
(20) Install the washers 23A-360, 23A-370.
(21) Install the flange bearing assembly 23A-070 as follows:
(a) Clean the mating surfaces of the flange bearing assembly 23A-070 and the door
structure with Material No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
(b) Apply Material No. 06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable - to the
cleaned surface of the flange bearing assembly 23A-070.
(c) Put the flange bearing assembly 23A-070 on the door structure in position and attach
it with the bolts 23A-040 and the nuts 23A-060.
(d) Remove the remaining sealant.
(22) Install the washers 23A-360, 23A-380, 23A-390, 23A-400 and the nut 23A-410.
(23) Safety the nut 23A-410 with the new cotter pin 23A-420, see PMS 01-04-55.
Page 7082
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-816-C01
Installation of the External Control Handle Assembly
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAFTS ARE REWORKED TO A SURFACE FINISH OF
0.0004 MM (0.000016 IN.) ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) IF PTFE BUSHES ARE
INSTALLED.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7083
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
C. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-04-55
PMS 01-05-66
Referenced Information
TABLE 3
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-041-A01
A. Installation of the External Control Handle Assembly
NOTE : Mark the punch marks with a good visible marker on the whole length of the external
control handle shaft 23B-470. This makes it easier to find the marks for the
installation of the external control handle 23B-130 and the levers 23B-300, 23B-450.
(1) Put the external control handle 23B-130 in position.
(2) Push the external control-handle shaft 23B-470 into the external control handle 23B-130.
NOTE : Make sure that the marks of the external control handle 23B-130 and the
external control handle shaft 23B-470 are in line.
Page 7084
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
NOTE : Make sure that the marks of the lever 23B-300 and the hollow shaft 23B-430 are
in line.
(8) Safety the screw 23B-310 with the lock washer 23B-320.
(9) Put the lever 23B-450 on the emergency control-handle shaft 23B-470.
(10) Position the external control-handle shaft 23B-470 so, that you can install the packing
23B-440.
(11) Put the external control handle shaft 23B-470 in the ball bearing 23B-490.
(12) Install the flange 23B-100 as follows:
(a) Clean the mating surface of the flange 23B-100 and the door structure with Material
No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
(b) Apply Material No. 06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable - to the
cleaned surface of the flange 23B-100 and the door structure.
(c) Put the flange 23B-100 on the door structure in position and install the bolts 23B-040
and the nuts 23B-060.
(d) Remove the remaining sealant.
(13) Engage the roller assembly 23B-230 of the lever assembly 23B-170 to the lever flange
24-260.
Page 7085
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(14) Push the hollow shaft 23B-430 into the lever assembly 23B-170 in position and install the
bolt 23B-280 and the nut 23B-290.
NOTE : Make sure that the marks of the lever assembly 23B-170 and the hollow shaft
23B-430 are in line.
(15) Push the lever 23B-450 on the external control-handle shaft 23B-470 in position and install
the lock washer 23B-320 and the screw 23B-460.
NOTE : Make sure that the marks of the lever 23B-450 and the external control-handle
shaft 23B-470 are in line.
(16) Safety the screw 23B-460 with the lock washer 23B-320.
(17) Install the key washer 23B-150 and the nut 23B-140.
(18) Tighten the nut 23B-140 with the 98AMS172323 Wrench.
(19) Safety the nut with the key washer 23B-150.
(20) Install the washers 23B-365, 23B-370.
(21) Install the flange bearing assembly 23B-070 as follows:
(a) Clean the mating surfaces of the flange bearing assembly 23B-070 and the door
structure with Material No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
(b) Apply Material No. 06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable - to the
cleaned surface of the flange bearing assembly 23B-070.
(c) Put the flange bearing assembly 23B-070 to the door structure in position and attach
it with the bolts 23B-040 and the nuts 23B-060.
(d) Remove the remaining sealant.
(22) Install the washers 23B-363, 23B-380, 23B-390, 23B-400 and the nut 23B-410.
(23) Safety the nut 23B-410 with the new cotter pin 23B-420, see PMS 01-04-55.
Page 7086
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-817-A01
Assembly and Installation of the Internal Control Handle
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAFTS ARE REWORKED TO A SURFACE FINISH OF
0.0004 MM (0.000016 IN.) ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) IF PTFE BUSHES ARE
INSTALLED.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7087
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-05-66
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-017-A01
A. Assembly and Installation of the Internal Control Handle
Page 7088
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(8) Install the washers 26-060, 26-070 on the control handle shaft 26-400.
(9) Clean the mating surfaces of the support fitting assembly 26-010, the cover 26-450 and the
door structure with Material No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
(10) Apply Material No. 06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable - to the
cleaned surface of the support fitting assembly 26-010 and the cover 26-450.
(11) Apply Material No. Material No. 06AAB1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Fillet - to
the bolts 26-045.
(12) Attach the cover 26-450 and the support fitting assembly 26-010 with the bolts 26-047 and
the nuts 26-055.
(13) Remove the remaining sealant.
(14) Align the punch mark of the lever 26-090 with the punch mark of the control handle shaft
26-400.
(15) Install the lever 26-090 and attach it with the bolt 26-100 and the nut 26-110.
(16) Clean the mating surfaces of the stop assemblies 26-230 ,26-350 and the door structure
with Material No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
(17) Apply Material No. 06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable - to the
cleaned surface of the stop assemblies 26-230 ,26-350.
(18) Attach the stop assembly 26-350 with the bolts 26-045 and the nuts 26-050 and the stop
assembly 26-230 with the bolts 26-270 and the nuts 26-050.
(19) Remove the remaining sealant.
Page 7089
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-817-B01
Assembly and Installation of the Internal Control Handle
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAFTS ARE REWORKED TO A SURFACE FINISH OF
0.0004 MM (0.000016 IN.) ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) IF PTFE BUSHES ARE
INSTALLED.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7090
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-05-66
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-039-A01
A. Assembly and Installation of the Internal Control Handle
Page 7091
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(8) Install the washers 26A-060, 26A-070 on the control handle shaft 26A-400.
(9) Align the punch mark of the lever 26A-090 with the punch mark of the control handle shaft
26A-400.
(10) Install the lever 26A-090 and attach it with the bolt 26A-100 and the nut 26A-110.
(11) Clean the mating surfaces of the stop assemblies 26A-230, 26A-350 and the door structure
with Material No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
(12) Apply Material No. 06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable - to the
cleaned surface of the stop assemblies 26A-230, 26A-350.
(13) Attach the stop assembly 26A-350 with the bolts 26A-045 and the nuts 26A-050 and the
stop assembly 26A-230 with the bolts 26A-270 and the nuts 26A-050.
(14) Remove the remaining sealant.
Page 7092
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-818-A01
Assembly and Installation of the Upper Control Lever Assembly
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAFTS ARE REWORKED TO A SURFACE FINISH OF
0.0004 MM (0.000016 IN.) ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) IF PTFE BUSHES ARE
INSTALLED.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7093
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-05-66
PMS 01-05-44
PMS 01-04-45
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-018-A01
A. Assembly and Installation of the Upper Control Lever Assembly
Page 7094
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(g) Clean the bonding attachments with Material No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner--
Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
(h) Apply Material No. 04TMB2 Varnish-- Electrical Bonding Structure to the bonding
attachments.
Page 7095
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-819-A01
Assembly and Installation of the Adjusting Lever and Fork End Rod
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAFTS ARE REWORKED TO A SURFACE FINISH OF
0.0004 MM (0.000016 IN.) ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) IF PTFE BUSHES ARE
INSTALLED.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7096
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-400-821-A01 Assembly and Installation of the Door Lifting Shaft
TASK 52-22-24-000-818-A01 Removal and Disassembly of the Adjusting Lever Assembly and Fork
TASK 52-22-24-800-828-A01 Adjustment Preparation
TASK 52-22-24-400-829-A01 Adjustment of the Locking Mechanism
TASK 52-22-24-800-830-A01 Adjustment of the External Control Handle
TASK 52-22-24-800-831-A01 Adjustment of the Emergency Slide-Handle
TASK 52-22-24-400-832-A01 Adjustment of the Targets for the Proximity Switches
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-05-44
PMS 01-05-66
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-028-A FIGURE 52-22-24-991-028-A-Adjustment of the Adjusting Lever
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-019-A01
A. Assembly and Installation of the Adjusting Lever and Fork End Rod
Page 7097
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(b) Install the axle 28-280 on the intermediate lever assembly 28-210.
(c) Remove the remaining sealant.
(d) Make sure that the dimension ’A’ from the shoulder of the axle 28-280 to the center
of the spacer 28-260 is 58.75 mm (2,3129 in) (Refer to FIGURE 52-22-24-991-028-A).
(e) Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp
- to the threaded rod 28-170.
(f) Hold the bellcrank 28-110 in position and install it with the threaded rod 28-170, the
washer 28-180, and the nut 28-190 to the intermediate lever assembly 28-210.
(g) Put the bearings 28-160 in their attachment lugs of the bellcrank 28-110.
(h) .Attach the bellcrank 28-110 with the bolts 28-120, the washers 28-130 and the nut
28-140
(i) Make sure that there is a clearance from 0.05 to 0.15 mm (0.0019 to 0.0059 in)
between the bellcrank 28-110 and the bolt 28-120 (Refer to FIGURE
52-22-24-991-028-A).
(j) Safety the nut 28-140 with the new cotter pin 28-150, see PMS 01-05-44.
(k) Adjust with the threaded rod 28-170 the following dimensions (Refer to FIGURE
52-22-24-991-028-A):
- The dimension ’B’ 39.6 mm (1.5590 in), from the center of the axle 28-280 to
the center of the mounting hole for the rod 22-200.
- The dimension ’C’ 34.0 mm (1.3385 in), between the center of the spacers
28-100, 28-260.
- The dimension ’D’ 29.1 mm (1.1456 in), from the edge of the threaded rod
28-170 to the edge of the spacer 28-260.
(l) Tighten the nut 28-190 lightly.
Page 7098
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(d) Adjust the fork rod end assembly 28-320 between the pivot points to the measured
length (Refer to DISASSEMBLY TASK 52-22-24-000-818-A01) or to the initial
setting of 235.0 mm (9.2519 in).
(e) Tighten the nuts 28-340, 28-350 lightly.
Page 7099
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
SECTION
A−A
B
’A’
’B’
B
SECTION
B−B
’C’
’D’
’E’
F_CM_522224_1_0280101_01_01
Page 7100
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-819-B01
Assembly and Installation of the Adjusting Lever and Fork End Ro
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAFTS ARE REWORKED TO A SURFACE FINISH OF
0.0004 MM (0.000016 IN.) ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) IF PTFE BUSHES ARE
INSTALLED.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7101
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-400-821-A01 Assembly and Installation of the Door Lifting Shaft
TASK 52-22-24-000-818-B01 Removal and Disassembly of the Adjusting Lever Assembly and Fork
TASK 52-22-24-800-828-A01 Adjustment Preparation
TASK 52-22-24-400-829-A01 Adjustment of the Locking Mechanism
TASK 52-22-24-800-830-A01 Adjustment of the External Control Handle
TASK 52-22-24-800-831-A01 Adjustment of the Emergency Slide-Handle
TASK 52-22-24-400-832-A01 Adjustment of the Targets for the Proximity Switches
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-05-44
PMS 01-05-66
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-038-A01
A. Assembly and Installation of the Adjusting Lever and Fork End Rod
Page 7102
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 7103
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 7104
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
’A’
’B’
B
A A
’C’
’D’
’E’
B B
F_CM_522224_1_0500101_01_00
Page 7105
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-820-A01
Assembly and Installation of the Detent Door Shaft
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAFTS ARE REWORKED TO A SURFACE FINISH OF
0.0004 MM (0.000016 IN.) ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) IF PTFE BUSHES ARE
INSTALLED.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7106
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-05-66
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-020-A01
A. Assembly and Installation of the Detent Door Shaft
Page 7107
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(10) Clean the mating surfaces of the bearing flange 29-220 and the door structure with
Material No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
(11) Apply Material No. 06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable - to the
cleaned surface of the bearing flange 29-220.
(12) Attach the bearing flange 29-220 with the bolts 29-280 and the nuts 29-290.
(13) Remove the remaining sealant.
(14) Make a bead of Material No. 06AAB1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Fillet - around
the edge of the bearing flange 29-220.
(15) Position the fitted key 29-040 with the reworked surface to the detent door shaft 29-240
and attach the safety hook 29-010 with the washers 29-020, 29-310 and the nut 29-030.
Page 7108
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-821-A01
Assembly and Installation of the Door Lifting Shaft
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAFTS ARE REWORKED TO A SURFACE FINISH OF
0.0004 MM (0.000016 IN.) ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) IF PTFE BUSHES ARE
INSTALLED.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7109
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-400-822-A01 Assembly and Installation of the Torsion Bar Assembly
TASK 52-22-24-400-822-B01 Assembly and Installation of the Torsion Bar Assembly
TASK 52-22-24-400-822-C01 Assembly and Installation of the Torsion Bar Assembly
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-05-66
PMS 01-05-44
PMS 01-04-45
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-029-A FIGURE 52-22-24-991-029-A-Door Lifting Shaft
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-021-A01
A. Assembly and Installation of the Door Lifting Shaft
Page 7110
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE MARKS OF THE TRANSMISSION LEVER AND
HOOK LATCH ARE ALIGNED WITH THE SHAFT.
(a) Push the lifting shaft assembly 30-280 laterally to the door structure and install it
with the transmission lever 30-250 and the hook latch 30-180.
(b) Install the washers 30-460, 30-461 ,30-470, 30-471,30-480, 30-481, 30-530.
(c) Clean the mating surfaces of the support fitting assembly 30-130 and the door
structure with Material No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
(d) Apply Material No. 06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable - to the
cleaned surface of the support fitting assembly 30-130.
Page 7111
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(e) Install the support fitting assembly 30-130 or 30-500 with the bolts 30-160 and the
nuts 30-170.
(f) Remove the remaining sealant
(g) Attach the hook latching 30-180 and the transmission lever 30-250 with the lock
washers 30-200, 30-270 and the bolts 30-190, 30-260.
(h) Bend the lock washers 30-200, 30-270 to safety the bolts 30-190, 30-260.
(4) Attach the lower rod assembly 30-010 as follows:
Page 7112
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
BONDING LEAD
CENTERLINE
BONDING LEAD
F_CM_522224_1_0290101_01_01
Page 7113
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-822-A01
Assembly and Installation of the Torsion Bar Assembly
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAFTS ARE REWORKED TO A SURFACE FINISH OF
0.0004 MM (0.000016 IN.) ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) IF PTFE BUSHES ARE
INSTALLED.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7114
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-400-821-A01 Assembly and Installation of the Door Lifting Shaft
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-05-44
PMS 01-05-66
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-022-A01
A. Assembly and Installation of the Torsion Bar Assembly
Page 7115
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 7116
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(17) Install the torsion tube 31-150 together with the washers 31-170, 31-180, 31-190, 31-260 in
the door structure.
(18) Align the marks and put the torsion lever 31-070 to the torsion tube 31-150.
(19) Attach the torsion lever 31-070 with the lock washer 31-090 and the screw 31-080.
(20) Bend the lock washer 31-090 to safety the screw 31-080.
(21) Install the bearing flange assembly 31-200 as follows:
(a) Clean the mating surfaces of the bearing flange assembly 31-200 and the door
structure with Material No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
(b) Apply Material No. 06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable - to the
cleaned surface of the bearing flange assembly 31-200.
(c) Install the bearing flange assembly 31-200 with the bolts 31-240 and the nuts 31-250
on the door structure.
(d) Remove the remaining sealant.
(22) Align the marks of the torsion spring assembly 31-100 and torsion tube 31-150 and install
it.
(23) Install the retaining rings 31-040 in the torsion tube 31-150 and sleeve 32-250.
(24) Install the support fitting 31-030 as follows:
(a) Clean the mating surfaces of the support fitting 31-030 and the door structure with
Material No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
(b) Apply Material No. 06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable - to the
cleaned surface of the support fitting 31-030.
(c) Install the support fitting assembly 31-010 with the bolts 31-130, 31-131 and the nuts
31-140.
(d) Remove the remaining sealant.
(e) Clean the bonding area of the support fitting assembly 31-010.
(f) Bond the cover 31-270 on the support fitting assembly 31-010.
(25) Install the bushing halfs 31-060 and the clamp 31-050.
NOTE : For the connection of the torsion lever 31-070 with the lower rod assembly
30-010 refer to ASSEMBLY TASK 52-22-24-400-821-A01.
Page 7117
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-822-B01
Assembly and Installation of the Torsion Bar Assembly
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAFTS ARE REWORKED TO A SURFACE FINISH OF
0.0004 MM (0.000016 IN.) ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) IF PTFE BUSHES ARE
INSTALLED.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7118
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-400-821-A01 Assembly and Installation of the Door Lifting Shaft
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-05-44
PMS 01-05-66
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-035-A01
A. Assembly and Installation of the Torsion Bar Assembly
Page 7119
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(5) Install the support 32A-190, the spherical bearing 32A-220 and the adjusting screw
32A-200 on the threaded rod assembly 32A-060.
(6) Install the threaded rod assembly 32A-060 as follows:
(a) Clean the mating surfaces of the support 32A-190 and the door structure with
Material No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
(b) Apply Material No. 06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable - to the
cleaned surface of the support 32A-190.
(c) Install the threaded rod assembly 32A-060 with the screws 32A-210 and the nuts
32A-050.
(d) Remove the remaining sealant.
(7) Install the bushings 32A-170 and 32A-180 on the pretension lever 32A-230.
(8) Install the threaded rod assembly 32A-060 with the washer 32A-130, the bolt 32A-120, the
washer 32A-140 and the nut 32A-150.
(9) Safety the nut 32A-150 with the new cotter pin 32A-160, see PMS 01-05-44.
(10) Install the cover 31A-270 on the structure.
(11) Install the torsion tube 31A-150 together with the washers 31A-280, 31A-290, 31A-300 in
the door structure.
(12) Align the marks and put the torsion lever 31A-070 to the torsion tube 31A-150.
(13) Attach the torsion lever 31A-070 with the lock washer 31A-090 and the screw 31A-080.
(14) Bend the lock washer 31A-090 to safety the screw 31A-080.
(15) Install the bearing flange assembly 31A-200 as follows:
(a) Clean the mating surfaces of the bearing flange assembly 31A-200 and the door
structure with Material No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
(b) Apply Material No. 06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable - to the
cleaned surface of the bearing flange assembly 31A-200.
(c) Install the bearing flange assembly 31A-200 with the bolts 31A-240 and the nuts
31A-250 on the door structure.
(d) Remove the remaining sealant.
(16) Align the marks of the torsion spring assembly 31A-100 and torsion tube 31A-150 and
install it.
(17) Install the retaining rings 31A-040 in the torsion tube 31A-150 and sleeve 32A-250.
(18) Install the bush halfs 31A-060 and the clamp 31A-050.
NOTE : For the connection of the torsion lever 31A-070 with the lower rod assembly
30-010 refer to ASSEMBLY TASK 52-22-24-400-821-A01.
Page 7120
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-822-C01
Assembly and Installation of the Torsion Bar Assembly
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAFTS ARE REWORKED TO A SURFACE FINISH OF
0.0004 MM (0.000016 IN.) ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) IF PTFE BUSHES ARE
INSTALLED.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7121
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-400-821-A01 Assembly and Installation of the Door Lifting Shaft
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-05-44
PMS 01-05-66
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-036-A01
A. Assembly and Installation of the Torsion Bar Assembly
Page 7122
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(5) Install the support 32A-190, the spherical bearing 32A-220 and the adjusting screw
32A-200 on the threaded rod assembly 32A-060.
(6) Install the threaded rod assembly 32A-060 as follows:
(a) Clean the mating surfaces of the support 32A-190 and the door structure with
Material No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
(b) Apply Material No. 06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable - to the
cleaned surface of the support 32A-190.
(c) Install the threaded rod assembly 32A-060 with the screws 32A-210 and the nuts
32A-050.
(d) Remove the remaining sealant.
(7) Install the bushings 32A-170 and 32A-180 on the pretension lever 32A-230.
(8) Install the threaded rod assembly 32A-060 with the washer 32A-130, the bolt 32A-120, the
washer 32A-140 and the nut 32A-150.
(9) Safety the nut 32A-150 with the new cotter pin 32A-160, see PMS 01-05-44.
(10) Install the torsion tube 31B-150 together with the washers 31B-280, 31B-290, 31B-300 in
the door structure.
(11) Align the marks and put the torsion lever 31B-070 to the torsion tube 31B-150.
(12) Attach the torsion lever 31B-070 with the lock washer 31B-090 and the screw 31B-080.
(13) Bend the lock washer 31B-090 to safety the screw 31B-080.
(14) Install the bearing flange assembly 31B-200 as follows:
(a) Clean the mating surfaces of the bearing flange assembly 31B-200 and the door
structure with Material No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
(b) Apply Material No. 06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable - to the
cleaned surface of the bearing flange assembly 31B-200.
(c) Install the bearing flange assembly 31B-200 with the bolts 31B-240 and the nuts
31B-250 on the door structure.
(d) Remove the remaining sealant.
(15) Align the marks of the torsion spring assembly 31B-310 and torsion tube 31B-150 and
install it.
(16) Install the retaining rings 31B-040 in the torsion tube 31B-150 and sleeve 32A-250.
(17) Install the bush halfs 31B-060 and the clamp 31B-050.
NOTE : For the connection of the torsion lever 31B-070 with the lower rod assembly
30-010 refer to ASSEMBLY TASK 52-22-24-400-821-A01.
Page 7123
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-823-A01
Assembly and Installation of the Connecting Rod Assembly and the Spring Rod Assembly
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAFTS ARE REWORKED TO A SURFACE FINISH OF
0.0004 MM (0.000016 IN.) ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) IF PTFE BUSHES ARE
INSTALLED.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7124
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-400-827-A01 Installation of the Emergency Escape Slide-Handle
TASK 52-22-24-800-831-A01 Adjustment of the Emergency Slide-Handle
TASK 52-22-24-800-828-A01 Adjustment Preparation
TASK 52-22-24-400-829-A01 Adjustment of the Locking Mechanism
TASK 52-22-24-800-830-A01 Adjustment of the External Control Handle
TASK 52-22-24-400-832-A01 Adjustment of the Targets for the Proximity Switches
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-05-66
PMS 01-05-44
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-023-A01
A. Assembly and Installation of the Connecting Rod Assembly and the Spring Rod Assembly
Page 7125
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 7126
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-824-A01
Assembly and Installation of the Spring Unit and the Connecting Rod
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAFTS ARE REWORKED TO A SURFACE FINISH OF
0.0004 MM (0.000016 IN.) ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) IF PTFE BUSHES ARE
INSTALLED.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7127
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-400-825-A01 Assembly and Installation of the Intermediate Shaft
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-05-66
PMS 01-05-44
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-024-A01
A. Assembly and Installation of the Spring Unit and the Connecting Rod
NOTE : Refer to ASSEMBLY TASK 52-22-24-400-825-A01 for the installation of the lever
48-240.
(1) Assemble and install the connecting rod assembly 47-180 as follows:
(a) Attach the nut 47-220, the locking device 47-241 and the retaining ring 47-242 to the
fork end fitting 47-190.
(b) Attach the nut 47-230 and the locking device 47-210 to the eye end fitting 47-200.
(c) Attach the fork end fitting 47-190 and the eye end fitting 47-200 to the tie rod
47-240.
(d) Adjust the connecting rod assembly 47-180 to a length of 97.6 mm (3.84 in) between
the pivot points.
(e) Attach the nuts 47-220, 47-230.
(f) Install the bushings 47-130, 47-140, 47-260 in their attachment lugs.
(g) Attach the connecting rod assembly 47-180 with the washers 47-100, the bolts
47-170, 47-250 and the nut 47-160 to the emergency escape handle 50-010.
(h) Safety the nut 47-160 with the cotter pin 47-120, see PMS 01-05-44.
(i) Attach the connecting rod assembly 47-180 with the washers 47-100, the bolt 47-170
and the nut 47-160 to the lever 48-240.
(j) Safety the nut 47-160 with the new cotter pin 47-120, see PMS 01-05-44.
Page 7128
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 7129
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-825-A01
Assembly and Installation of the Intermediate Shaft
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAFTS ARE REWORKED TO A SURFACE FINISH OF
0.0004 MM (0.000016 IN.) ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) IF PTFE BUSHES ARE
INSTALLED.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7130
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-400-826-A01 Assembly and Installation of the Release Shaft
TASK 52-22-24-800-831-A01 Adjustment of the Emergency Slide-Handle
TASK 52-22-24-400-832-A01 Adjustment of the Targets for the Proximity Switches
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-05-66
PMS 01-05-44
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-030-A FIGURE 52-22-24-991-030-A-Pre Adjustment of the Target
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-025-A01
A. Assembly and Installation of the Intermediate Shaft
Page 7131
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(b) Apply Material No. 06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable - to the
cleaned surface of the stop 48-330.
(c) Attach the stop 48-330 with the bolts 48-340, the washers 48-170 and the nut 48-180
to the door structure.
(d) Remove the remaining sealant.
(3) Install the bearing bracket 48-140 as follows:
(a) Clean the mating surfaces of the bearing bracket 48-140 and the door structure with
Material No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
(b) Apply Material No. 06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable - to the
cleaned surface of the bearing bracket 48-140.
(c) Install the bearing bracket 48-140 with the bolts 48-160, the washers 48-170 and the
nuts 48-180.
(d) Remove the remaining sealant.
(4) Install the bearing 48-150 on the bearing bracket 48-140.
(5) Install the target 48-260 as follows:
(a) Attach the target 48-260, the washer 48-265 and the nut 48-263 lightly to the lever
48-250.
(b) Make sure that the dimension ’A’ from the top of the target 48-260 to the lever
48-250 is 5.0 mm (0.196 in) (Refer to FIGURE 52-22-24-991-030-A).
(c) Put a tag on the lever 48-250 with the data: ’Safety the target when the door is
installed in the aircraft’.
Page 7132
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 7133
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
SECTION
A−A
’A’
F_CM_522224_1_0300101_01_01
Page 7134
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-826-A01
Assembly and Installation of the Release Shaft
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAFTS ARE REWORKED TO A SURFACE FINISH OF
0.0004 MM (0.000016 IN.) ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) IF PTFE BUSHES ARE
INSTALLED.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7135
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-800-828-A01 Adjustment Preparation
TASK 52-22-24-400-829-A01 Adjustment of the Locking Mechanism
TASK 52-22-24-800-830-A01 Adjustment of the External Control Handle
TASK 52-22-24-800-831-A01 Adjustment of the Emergency Slide-Handle
TASK 52-22-24-400-832-A01 Adjustment of the Targets for the Proximity Switches
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-05-66
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-031-A FIGURE 52-22-24-991-031-A-Pre Adjustment of the Stop-Screw and
the Pin
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-026-A01
A. Assembly and Installation of the Release Shaft
Page 7136
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(3) Hold the lever 49-210 in position and install the lower shaft 49-230.
(4) Attach the lever 49-210 with the bolt 49-100 or 49-105, the washer 49-110 or 49-115 and
the nut 49-120 or 49-135.
(5) Install the pin 49-170 as follows:
(a) Install the serrated washer 49-180, the pin 49-170, the washer 49-190 and the nut
49-200 lightly on the lever 49-220.
(b) Make sure that the dimension ’A’ from the center of the pin 49-170 to the center line
of the lower shaft assembly 49-080 is 30.0 mm (1.18 in) (Refer to FIGURE
52-22-24-991-031-A).
(6) Install the lever 49-220 with the adjusting washers 49-240, the bolt 49-130 or 49-145, the
washers 49-110 or 49-115 and the nut 49-120 or 49-135.
(7) Put the adjusting washers 49-250, 49-260, 49-270 on the lower shaft 49-230 and attach the
retaining ring 49-060.
(8) Install the stop screw 49-140 as follows:
(a) Attach the stop screw 49-140 with the tab washer 49-150, the washer 49-110 or
49-115 and the nuts 49-120 or 49-135, lightly to the lever 49-090.
(b) Make sure that the dimension ’B’ from the top of the stop screw 49-140 to the lever
49-090 is to between 11.0 and 13.0 mm (0.433 and 0.511 in) (Refer to FIGURE
52-22-24-991-031-A).
(c) Put a tag on the lever 49-090 with the data: ’Safety the stop screw when the door is
installed in the aircraft’.
Page 7137
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
A
’B’
’A’
F_CM_522224_1_0310101_01_01
Page 7138
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-827-A01
Installation of the Emergency Escape Slide-Handle
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAFTS ARE REWORKED TO A SURFACE FINISH OF
0.0004 MM (0.000016 IN.) ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) IF PTFE BUSHES ARE
INSTALLED.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7139
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable -
Consumable Materials
TABLE 1
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-800-831-A01 Adjustment of the Emergency Slide-Handle
CMMV 56-21-11
CMMV 52-21-30
PMS 01-05-66
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-027-A01
A. Installation of the Emergency Escape Slide-Handle
NOTE : Refer to the supplier HARTWELL CMMV 52-21-30 for the adjustment of the handle
stops.
(1) Install the emergency escape slide-handle 50-010 as follows:
(a) Clean the mating surfaces of the emergency slide-handle 50-010 and the door
structure with Material No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
(b) Apply Material No. 06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable - to the
cleaned surface of the emergency slide handle 50-010.
(c) Attach the emergency slide-handle 50-010 with the bolts 50-030 and the washers
50-040.
(d) Remove the remaining sealant.
(2) Attach the indicator plate 50-060 lightly with the screws 50-070, the washers 50-040,
50-080 and the nuts 50-090.
Page 7140
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-800-828-A01
Adjustment Preparation
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAFTS ARE REWORKED TO A SURFACE FINISH OF
0.0004 MM (0.000016 IN.) ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) IF PTFE BUSHES ARE
INSTALLED.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7141
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable -
14QFB1 Wire-Locking Dia: 0.8 mm CRES Nickel Alloy -
Consumable Materials
TABLE 1
C. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-400-829-A01 Adjustment of the Locking Mechanism
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-05-66
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-032-A FIGURE 52-22-24-991-032-A-Adjustment of the Internal Control
Handle Stops
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-033-A FIGURE 52-22-24-991-033-A-Adjustment of the Rod A
Referenced Information
TABLE 3
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-028-A01
A. Adjustment Preparation
(1) Adjust the internal control handle stops as follows (Refer to FIGURE 52-22-24-991-032-A,
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-033-A):
(a) Put the internal control handle (4) in the open position (Refer to FIGURE
52-22-24-991-032-A).
(b) Remove the temporary attached stop assembly (2).
(c) Clean the mating surfaces of the stop assembly (2) and the door structure with
Material No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
(d) Apply Material No. 06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable - to the
cleaned surface of the stop assembly (2).
Page 7142
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(e) Attach the stop assembly (2) lightly with the bolts (1) and the nuts (7) to the door
structure.
(f) Adjust the dimension ’A’ between the internal control handle (4) and the stop
assembly (2) to between 13.3 and 13.5 mm (0.524 and 0.531 in) and tighten the nuts
(7).
(g) Remove the remaining sealant.
NOTE : The internal control handle (4) must be in contact with the stop screw (3).
If necessary adjust and safety the stop screw (3).
(h) Put the internal control handle (4) in the closed position (Refer to FIGURE
52-22-24-991-032-A).
(i) Remove the temporary attached stop assembly (5).
(j) Clean the mating surfaces of the stop assembly (5) and the door structure with
Material No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
(k) Apply Material No. 06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable - to the
cleaned surface of the stop assembly (5).
(l) Attach the stop assembly (5) lightly with the bolts (6) and the nuts (7) to the door
structure.
(m) Adjust the dimension ’B’ between the internal control handle (4) and the stop (5) to
between 13.2 and 13.4 mm (0,520 and 0.527 in) and tighten the nuts (7).
(n) Remove the remaining sealant.
(o) Rig the intermediate lever (3) with the 98D52208282102 Rigging Pin ’A’ (Refer to
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-033-A).
NOTE : For the removal of the 98D52208282102 Rigging Pin ’A’ refer to TASK
52-22-24-400-829-A01.
(p) Adjust the rod ’A’ (2) until the internal control handle (5) gets contact with the stop
screw (6).
(q) Tighten the nuts (1) and (4).
(r) Safety the nuts (1) and (4) with Material No. Material No. 14QFB1 Wire-Locking
Dia: 0.8 mm CRES Nickel Alloy -.
Page 7143
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
A
1 ’OPEN’
7
A ’A’
3
4
CONTACT
6
7
5
’B’
’CLOSED’
F_CM_522224_1_0320101_01_01
Page 7144
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
2
RIGGING PIN ’A’
PN 98D52208282102 3
4
SECTION
A−A
CONTACT
F_CM_522224_1_0330101_01_01
Page 7145
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-829-A01
Adjustment of the Locking Mechanism
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAFTS ARE REWORKED TO A SURFACE FINISH OF
0.0004 MM (0.000016 IN.) ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) IF PTFE BUSHES ARE
INSTALLED.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7146
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
C. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 52-22-24-800-828-A01 Adjustment Preparation
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-05-66
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-034-A FIGURE 52-22-24-991-034-A-Adjustment of the Intermediate Shaft
Stops
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-035-A FIGURE 52-22-24-991-035-A-Adjustment of the Rod B
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-036-A FIGURE 52-22-24-991-036-A-Adjustment of the Intermediate Shaft
Overcenter
Referenced Information
TABLE 3
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-029-A01
A. Adjustment of the Locking Mechanism
(1) Adjust the intermediate shaft stops as follows (Refer to FIGURE 52-22-24-991-034-A):
(a) Make sure that the 98D52208282102 Rigging Pin ’A’ is installed and the Adjustment
Preparation is completed refer to TASK 52-22-24-800-828-A01.
(b) Rig the lever (1) with the 98D52208282100 Rigging Pin ’B’.
Page 7147
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(c) Adjust the clearance ’A’ between the stop bolt (3) and the twin lever assembly (4) to
between 0.2 and 0.4 mm (0.0078 and 0.0157 in) and tighten the nut (2).
(d) Adjust the clearance ’B’ between the stop bolt (3) and the intermediate lever (5) to
between 0.2 and 0.4 mm (0.0078 and 0.0157 in) and tighten the nut (2).
(2) Adjust the rod ’B’ (3) as follows (Refer to FIGURE 52-22-24-991-035-A):
(a) Adjust the rod ’B’ (3) until the lever (1) gets contact with the fork lever (5).
(b) Tighten the nuts (2) and (4).
(c) Safety the nuts (2) and (4) with Material No. 14QFB1 Wire-Locking Dia: 0.8 mm
CRES Nickel Alloy -.
(d) Remove the rigging pins ’A’ and ’B’.
(3) Adjust the overcenter of the intermediate shaft as follows (Refer to IPL_FIGURE_20,
IPL_FIGURE_26, IPL_FIGURE_26A, FIGURE 52-22-24-991-036-A):
(a) Put the inner handle assembly 26-130, 26A-130 in the closed position.
(b) Adjust the rod (8) so, that the clearance ’C’ between the intermediate lever (7) and
the stop bolt (1) is to between 2.6 and 2.8 mm (0.1023 and 0.1102 in).
(c) Turn the setscrew (6) until there is no clearance between the indicator lever (4) and
the setscrew (6).
(d) Tighten the nut (5).
Page 7148
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
A
RIGGING PIN ’B’
C B PN 98D52208282100
’A’
5
3
’B’
F_CM_522224_1_0340101_01_01
Page 7149
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
CONTACT
5 1
F_CM_522224_1_0350101_01_01
Page 7150
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
A A
7
1
’C’
2
6
5 3
F_CM_522224_1_0360101_01_01
Page 7151
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-800-830-A01
Adjustment of the External Control Handle
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAFTS ARE REWORKED TO A SURFACE FINISH OF
0.0004 MM (0.000016 IN.) ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) IF PTFE BUSHES ARE
INSTALLED.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7152
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
06AAA1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Brushable -
14QFB1 Wire-Locking Dia: 0.8 mm CRES Nickel Alloy -
06AAB1 Polysulfide Sealant-General Purpose Fillet -
Consumable Materials
TABLE 1
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-05-66
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-037-A FIGURE 52-22-24-991-037-A-Adjustment of the External Control
Handle
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-030-A01
A. Adjustment of the External Control Handle
Page 7153
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(e) Clean the edge of the spacer (6) and the mating surface of the door structure with
Material No. 08BBF1 Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone -.
(f) Apply a bead of Material No. Material No. 06AAB1 Polysulfide Sealant-General
Purpose Fillet - around the edge of the spacer (6).
(5) Examine that the clearance ’B’ between the bush (2) and the handle locking (9) is to
between 0.1 and 0.2 mm (0.0039 and 0.0078 in).
NOTE : If necessary adjust the correct clearance ’A’ by selection of the shims (3).
(6) Open and close the external control handle. Examine that the lever assembly (8) returns to
the correct closed position. The lever assembly (8) must be align with the outer structure
(Refer to FIGURE 52-22-24-991-037-A, Detail B).
NOTE : If necessary add one shim (4) more, to get the correct clearance and do this
work step again.
(7) Remove the plug (12).
(8) Adjust the gap ’A’ between the fork end fittings (1) and (11) to max. 0,1 mm (0.0039 in)
and tighten the nut (13)
(9) Safety the nut (13) with Material No. 14QFB1 Wire-Locking Dia: 0.8 mm CRES Nickel
Alloy -,
(10) Install the plug (12).
Page 7154
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
13 ’A’
A 1
12
11
10
’B’
9 2
5
6
B
3
4
F_CM_522224_1_0370101_01_01
Page 7155
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-800-831-A01
Adjustment of the Emergency Slide-Handle
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SHAFTS ARE REWORKED TO A SURFACE FINISH OF
0.0004 MM (0.000016 IN.) ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) IF PTFE BUSHES ARE
INSTALLED.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7156
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
C. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-05-66
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-038-A FIGURE 52-22-24-991-038-A-Adjustment of the Connecting Rod (3)
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-039-A FIGURE 52-22-24-991-039-A-Adjustment of the Stop for the Upper
Shaft Assembly
Referenced Information
TABLE 3
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-031-A01
A. Adjustment of the Emergency Slide-Handle
Page 7157
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(e) Safety the nuts (2, 10) with Material No. 14QFB1 Wire-Locking Dia: 0.8 mm CRES
Nickel Alloy -.
(2) Put the handle of the Hartwell Unit in the position ’ARMED’.
(3) Adjust the connecting rod (14) until the roller (11) gets contact with the handle of the
Hartwell Unit.
(4) Tighten the nuts (13, 15) of the connecting rod (14).
(5) Safety the nuts (13, 15) with Material No. 14QFB1 Wire-Locking Dia: 0.8 mm CRES
Nickel Alloy -.
(6) Put the handle of the Hartwell Unit in the position ’ARMED’.
(7) Examine that the placard (Indication ARMED) stays in the center of the indicator plate
(5).
(8) Put the handle of the Hartwell Unit in the position ’DISARMED’.
(9) Examine that the placard (Indication DISARMED) stays in the center of the indicator plate
(5).
Page 7158
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
2
3
B A
’A’
4
’B’
12
HANDLE OF THE
HARTWELL UNIT
5
11
CONTACT INDICATION
’ARMED’
10
9
B INDICATION
’DISARMED’
15
6
14 7
8
13
F_CM_522224_1_0380101_01_01
Page 7159
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
A
3
A 2
SECTION
A−A
’C’
F_CM_522224_1_0390101_01_02
Page 7160
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-832-A01
Adjustment of the Targets for the Proximity Switches
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
C. Make sure that you torque all threaded fasteners to the standard values unless the procedure
gives you a different value.
-
Page 7161
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
CMMV 56-21-11
PMS 01-05-66
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-040-A FIGURE 52-22-24-991-040-A-Adjustments of the Targets for the
Proximity Switches
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-032-A01
A. Adjustment of the Targets for the Proximity Switches
Page 7162
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
(7) Examine the clearance between the target (4) and the proximity switch again.
Page 7163
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
C
3
SECTION C
A−A
PROXIMITY SWITCH
6 ’A’
’B’
7 4
PROXIMITY SWITCH 5
F_CM_522224_1_0400101_01_01
Page 7164
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-400-833-A01
Surface Protection
1. General
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS. MATERIALS WHICH ARE NOT
SPECIFIED, CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE PARTS ARE CLEAN BEFORE YOU ASSEMBLE
THEM.
CAUTION : THE WINDOW PANES AND THE SEALS MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH
ANY UNSPECIFIED MATERIAL. WEAR COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH
THE WINDOW PANES.
-
NOTE : Apply Material No. 03HBD9 Synthetic Ester base Grease-General Purpose Low Temp - to
all moving parts except to self-lubricating bearings or where other materials are specified.
NOTE : Apply Material No. 06LCG9 Non Hardening Jointing Putty-Medium Temp. Area - - to all
bolts and threads.
Refer to the CMMV 56-21-11 for the assembly of the door window assembly.
A. The assembly for the RH emergency exit and the LH emergency exit is the same. Only the LH
emergency exit is specified in this section.
B. Make sure that all drain holes, flanges, holes and manifolds are clean and free from blockages.
2. Job Set-up Information
A. Consumable Materials
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
12ADB1 Corrosion Preventive Compound-Water Displacing & Heavy Duty
Hard Film -
12ABC1 Corrosion Preventive Compound-Water Displacing Soft Film -
Consumable Materials
TABLE 1
Page 7165
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
B.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
CMMV 56-21-11
FIGURE 52-22-24-991-041-A FIGURE 52-22-24-991-041-A-Door Structure
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
3. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-400-033-A01
A. Surface Protection
(1) Clean the edge of the outer structure of the component.
Page 7166
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
OUTER STRUCTURE
OUTER
HANDLE
BOX
A A
SECTION
A−A
NOTE:
Door Structure
FIGURE-52-22-24-991-041-A01
Page 7167
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-820-807-A01
General
1. General
A. How to use the Fits and Clearances Table (See Sample TABLE 1)
(1) A NOTE above the table gives the reference to the related CMM figure.
(2) Column 1 gives the location number (LOC NO.) of the part.
(3) Column 2 gives links to the IPL figure item numbers of the mating parts.
(4) Column 3 gives the dimensions and the assembly clearances of the original manufacturer
(MFR) limits.
(5) Column 4 gives the dimension limits and the maximum allowable clearance of the in-
service wear limits.
NOTE : It is necessary to replace the parts which are not in the limits (See
DISASSEMBLY, REPAIR and ASSEMBLY).
B. Sample of Fits and Clearances
Page 8001
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-820-808-A01
Fits and Clearances
1. Fits and Clearances Table
Page 8002
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 8003
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 8004
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 8005
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 8006
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 8007
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 8008
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 8009
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 8010
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 8011
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 8012
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 8013
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
A (TYPICAL)
B
A
C SECTION
A B−B
C
A
SECTION
C−C
B2 B1
SECTION
C3 B−B
C4
B4
B3
C2 C1
F_CM_522224_1_0420101_01_00
Page 8014
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
A
POST SB 52−1062
SECTION
A−A
PRE SB 52−1062
A8 A6 A4 A2
A7 A5 A3 A1
A
F_CM_522224_1_0430101_01_01
Torsion Tube
FIGURE-52-22-24-991-043-A01
Page 8015
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
A
POST SB 52−1062
SECTION
A−A
TYPICAL
A3
A6 A2
A5 A1
A
A4
F_CM_522224_1_0440101_01_01
Lifting Shaft
FIGURE-52-22-24-991-044-A01
Page 8016
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
SECTION
A−A
TYPICAL
A4
A1
A B
B
A3 A2
SECTION
B−B
B2 B2
B1 B1
F_CM_522224_1_0450101_01_01
Page 8017
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
SECTION
A−A
TYPICAL
A6
A1
A5
A2
A4 A3
F_CM_522224_1_0460101_01_01
Page 8018
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
D SECTION
A−A
D
A
C
A2
A C
B
A1
SECTION
B−B
B4
B1
B3
B2
SECTION
C−C
SECTION
D−D C1
D2 D1
C2
F_CM_522224_1_0470101_01_01
Page 8019
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
A B
C
A
B
SECTION
A C
A−A
A1
A2
A5 A4 A3
SECTION
B−B
B3
B2
B1
SECTION
B1B2 B3
C−C
TYPICAL
C2
C3 C1
C4
F_CM_522224_1_0480101_01_01
Page 8020
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
A
SECTION
A−A
A PRE SB 52−1062
A2
A1
SECTION
A−A
POST SB 52−1062
F_CM_522224_1_0490101_01_01
Locking Shaft
FIGURE-52-22-24-991-049-A01
Page 8021
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-820-809-A01
Non-Standard Torque Value Table
1. Non-Standard Torque Value Table
IPL FIG - NAME TORQUE VALUE
Item No. m.daN lbf.in
05-170 Bolt 0.05 4.425
10-050 Nut 2.0 to 2.2 177.015 to 194.716
18-393 Nut 0.2 17.701
27-110 Nut 0.5 44.253
48-263 Nut 0.2 17.701
Non-Standard Torque Value Table
TABLE 1
Page 8022
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-940-810-A01
Special Tools, Fixtures and Equipment List
1. Special Tools, Fixtures and Equipment List
SUPPLIERS CODE
PART No. DESCRIPTION OR NAME AND WHERE USED TID
ADDRESS
355M03210000 Check Doors Tool TASK
52-22-24-700-801-
A01
355M03215000 Cable Loom TASK
52-22-24-700-801-
A01
98D52208282100 Rigging Pin FAPE3 TASK
52-22-24-400-829-
A01
98D52208282102 Rigging Pin FAPE3 TASK
52-22-24-800-828-
A01
98D52208282104 Rigging Pin FAPE3 TASK
52-22-24-800-831-
A01 TASK
52-22-24-400-832-
A01
Special Tools, Fixtures and Equipment
TABLE 1
Page 9001
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
TASK 52-22-24-550-801-A01
Storage
1. General
A. Refer to Material Storage Data (MSD)
The MSD document is a chargeable service to support customers with inventory planning, with
a specific focus on shelf life data, hazard information and other related general storage data. A
copy is provided, free of charge for the customer during the material readiness process. It is
available on CD-ROM from Airbus, or as a download from the Airbus Spares Portal via direct
access of SSO (Single Sign On) in AirbusWorld.
B. For specific storage information refer to the related procedure.
2. Procedure
Subtask 52-22-24-620-003-A01
A. Preparation for Storage
(1) Not applicable.
Page 15001
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
INTRODUCTION
TASK 52-22-24-872-801-A01
Introduction Illustrated Parts List (IPL)
1. General
A. The procedure recommended for finding a part number, or details of a part are in paragraph 2
of this introduction.
B. The IPL contains:
- illustrations that show an exploded view of the parts,
- the related detailed Parts Lists.
C. The IPL is used to identify, to get, keep and issue replacement aircraft parts and units.
D. AIRBUS S.A.S. has no responsibility for parts and/or units deleted or revised as a result if
airline initiated modifications are included.
E. Part numbers shown in this document are written to Air Transport Association of America
(ATA) Specification ISPEC 2200.
F. Illustrations are applicable to more than one customer.
G. In the Detailed Parts List, each figure has its own page numbering system that starts at zero.
2. How to use the IPL
A. To find a Part Number (P/N) in a Figure or Illustration you can either:
- Enter the PN in the SEARCH tool within the AirN@v / Workshop. This will show you the
Figure or Figures where this appears. Click on your chosen Fig/Item number to go open the
Figure.
- Or refer to the Alph/Numeric Parts List and find the PN. In the Fig/Item column it will
show you all the figures where this PN exists, and the Item number. Click one of these to
open the Figure.
3. Plan of the IPL
A. Indenture System of the Detailed Parts List
(1) The indenture system shows how parts and assemblies relate to their next higher
assemblies (NHA) as follows:
1234567
Assembly
Attaching parts for assembly
.Detail parts for assembly
.Sub-assembly
..Detailed parts for sub-assembly
..Sub-sub-assembly
IPL INTRO
Page 1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
C. Suffixes
SUFFIXES DEFINITION REMARKS
00 and 40 to 49 Production Part to drawing
The same as the Production Part.
01 to 39 Production Part not to drawing
50 Spare Part to drawing Spare part is not the same as the
51 to 59 Spare Part not to drawing Production Part
60 to 89 Spare Part not to drawing and not Number for Product Support
storable Breakout, but not for Production
99 Spare Part to drawing and not
storable
90 to 94 Specific Part for Repair Kits
IPL INTRO
Page 2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
IPL INTRO
Page 3
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
IPL INTRO
Page 4
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
IPL INTRO
Page 5
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
E. Other Notes
(1) ORDER OVRLGTH MPN XXXXXXXXXX
- Identifies a part number with more than fifteen characters that cannot fit in the part
number column.
(2) SB XX-XXX
- Identifies the Service Bulletin (SB) which adds to or changes the Detailed Parts List.
When the SB number shown in the name column is related to an AIRWORTHINESS
DIRECTIVE (AD), the letters AD and its number are shown in parenthesis. Also they
will follow the SB number, for example: PRE SB XX XXX (AD XXXX), POST SB XX
XXX (AD XXXX), ADDED by SB XX XXX (AD XXXX), DELETED BY SB XX XXX
(AD XXX), etc.
(3) SEL FROM
- Identifies a group of alternative parts from which you can take the necessary ones.
(4) OVERSIZE/UNDERSIZE
- Identifies a part as oversize or undersize.
(5) OPT TO
- Identifies an optional part that is fully interchangeable with the initial part.
(6) ALT FROM PN XXXXXXXXXX
- Identifies an alternate part number (this is a part that is fully interchangeable with the
initial part after it has had a change(s)).
(7) BUY PN XXXXXXXXXX
- Identifies the replacement part for the part in the part number column.
(8) LM = LOCAL MANUFACTURE
- Identifies the part number of the basic material (e.g. for seals, hinge strips, extrusion
etc...) from which the part in the part number column is manufactured.
- Identifies the unit of measurement followed by the dimensions or quantity.
(9) SEE CMM OR ACMM
- Refer to the Component Maintenance Manual or Abbreviated Component Maintenance
Manual for the part listed in the Detailed Parts List.
(10) MADE FROM JXXXX, MADE BY VXXXXX, MM XXX
- Identifies a part that is made from bulk material e.g. seals extrusions etc. and, if
necessary, the unit of measurement and quantity.
(11) USED ON MPN
- Identifies the NHA for a part in the part number column. This is used when the NHA
is not clear from the Usage Code (almost the same assemblies with details that are not
the same but have a single breakdown).
IPL INTRO
Page 6
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
NOTE : Suppliers who manufacture parts for which AIRBUS S.A.S. has an exclusive
sale right are not given a vendor code.
- AIRBUS standard parts (Prefix DAN, NSA etc...) are given the supplier code of
the seller of the parts. If there is more than one seller, a dummy supplier code
VT0000 is assigned to the related P/N. In this case, the additional cross-
reference table gives, for each P/N the various supplier codes and their own P/N
if applicable.
NOTE : All relevant Supplier Codes are shown in the ’Vendors Name and Code
List’, which is a part of the IPL INTRO.
IPL INTRO
Page 7
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
VENDOR LIST
IPL INTRO
Page 8
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
IPL INTRO
Page 9
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
IPL INTRO
Page 10
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
IPL INTRO
Page 11
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
IPL INTRO
Page 12
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
IPL INTRO
Page 13
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10001
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
40
40
30
60
10
50
40
90 60
20
70
80
60
50
60
100 30
60
50
60
90 40
20
40
F_PL_522224_01_0_01_00
DOOR-EMERGENCY EXIT
Figure 01 / FIGURE-52-22-24-950-801-01
Page 10001-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10001-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10001-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
40
40
30
60
50
40
90 60
20
70
80
60
50
60
100 30
60
50
60
90 40
20
40
F_PL_522224_01_A_01_00
DOOR-EMERGENCY EXIT
Figure 01A / FIGURE-52-22-24-950-801-A01
Page 10001A-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10001A-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10001A-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10001A-3
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10001A-4
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
A A
270 40
A B 180
C B 320
330 150
D
160
320
310
40
140
190
C 40
90
140
130
240 40
260 140
45
260 120 50
250 60
40 70
D 140
40 40
270 40
180 70 50
170 60 30
30
40 40
190 230
150
30
40 40
160 50 300
60
40
40
40 50 40
60 50 110
190 140 210 60
80
40 40
90 40 100
200 30
280 40
130 40
140 220 10 20
40 15
120
140 20
40
70
140 30
45 40
50
60
70
290
F_PL_522224_03_0_01_00
Page 10003-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10003-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10003-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10003-3
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
30
A
B
40
20
60
10 C
C
50
A
D
80
155
40 B C
110
C
70
190 160
170
180 90 B
100 C
F_PL_522224_05_0_01_00
Page 10005-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10005-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10005-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
30
20 20 x4
A
60
40
25 x3
50
30
A
30
20
20
10
B
F_PL_522224_06_0_01_01
Page 10006-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10006-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10006-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
A A B
60 A
A 30 61 B
A
A
A C
A
A
B D A
A
B E
A 20
80
A 40 50
10
C
A E A
C D
150
D 130 C 160
165 C
90 C 250 D
210 D 270
280 D
A 330
100 C 200 C
220 D 320 D
180 C 80
170 C 300 D
290 D
120 C
110 C 240 D 430
230 D
E
190 C 70
410
C 310 D 420
140
260 D
370
350
380
340
360
400
380
390
F_PL_522224_10_0_01_00
Page 10010-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10010-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10010-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10010-3
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10010-4
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10010-5
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
B A B
70
30
60
10 A
20 B
F_PL_522224_11_0_01_00
ANGLE-SEALING
Figure 11 / FIGURE-52-22-24-950-811-01
Page 10011-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10011-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
20
30
10
30
31
40 50
60 60
80 70
81
100
160 90
91
110 130
130
150
120
140
F_PL_522224_15_0_01_00
MECHANISM-LOCKING
Figure 15 / FIGURE-52-22-24-950-815-01
Page 10015-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10015-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10015-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10015-3
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10015-4
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10015-5
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10015-6
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10015-7
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
10
20
30
A
A 40
50
40
30
20
330
310
320 B
340
330 110
130
300
120
60 90 290
70 350 160
360
240
230
250
160
150 80
170 150
260
270 270
260
110 160
100 130
140 150
120 380
390
160
170 370 120
130
300
150 120
290 390
B 400
F_PL_522224_16_0_01_00
Page 10016-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10016-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10016-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10016-3
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10016-4
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
A 10
A
50
330
310
320 B
340
330 110
130
300
120
60 90 290
70 350 160
360 240
230 250
160
150 80 150
170 260
270 270
260
280
100 110
130 190 281
120
140
210
200
180 220
110 160
100 130 150
140 380
120 390
160
170 370 120
130
300
150 B 120
290 390
400
F_PL_522224_16_A_01_00
Page 10016A-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10016A-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10016A-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10016A-3
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10016A-4
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
50
60
A
30
A
70
130
30 20 140
10
90
160
110
120
80 150
100
70
40
180
170
190
120
130
230
240
120
200
220
210
F_PL_522224_17_0_01_00
Page 10017-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10017-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10017-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10017-3
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
100
A 120
110
280
90 290
A 300
160 320
270
170 180 280
80
310
130
140
200
330
280
290
300
190
320
410
270
280
420 310
430
440
450 450
480 460
470
520 230
150
240
210
F_PL_522224_18_0_01_00
Page 10018-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10018-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10018-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10018-3
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10018-4
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10018-5
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
100
110
A 120
90 280
290
A 300
550 530
160
270 80 320
170 280
180
310
540 130
140
200 330
280
290
300
190
320
270
410 280
310
420
430
440
450
450
460 150
480
470 520
500
490
260
410 231
147
430 400 100 152
490 135
145
70 110
20
420
60 40
30
50
510 155
440 158
450
157
F_PL_522224_18_A_01_01
Page 10018A-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10018A-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10018A-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10018A-3
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10018A-4
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10018A-5
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10018A-6
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
80
100
90
50
70
30 40 60
20 300
A 340
470
170 460
190
310
350 380
180
360
390
400
210
230
300
200 140 330
160
150
80 220
290 100
90 380
300 120 300
310 70 250 310
360 370
60
240
50 320
270
280
130
110
10
260
F_PL_522224_19_0_01_00
SHAFT-LOCKING
Figure 19 / FIGURE-52-22-24-950-819-01
Page 10019-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10019-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10019-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10019-3
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10019-4
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
80
100
90 50
70
60
30
40
A
20 300
340
A 470
170 480
190
210
400
200
80
290 100
90
300 120 160
310 70
130
300
10 330
60
50
134
133 380
132 270
131 280 300
310
360 370
110
260
F_PL_522224_19_A_01_00
SHAFT-LOCKING
Figure 19A / FIGURE-52-22-24-950-819-A01
Page 10019A-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10019A-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10019A-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10019A-3
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10019A-4
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
A 150
160
20
30
160
160
140
10
110
150 120
150
170
147
70 ED
130 80 CK
LO
UN 180
90 ED
CK
LO
100
60
50
F_PL_522224_20_0_01_00
INDICATOR-LOCKING
Figure 20 / FIGURE-52-22-24-950-820-01
Page 10020-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10020-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10020-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
20
30 80
280 40
50
60
100
240
290
140 250
100
A 60
70
255
260 240
270 250
160 250
260
150 270
B
290 280
110 130
190
120
200
220
10
170
90 230
200
A 210
240 180
250
280
250
260
270
290
B
F_PL_522224_21_0_01_01
SHAFT-TRANSMISSION
Figure 21 / FIGURE-52-22-24-950-821-01
Page 10021-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10021-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10021-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10021-3
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10021-4
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
A 80
90
90 130
80 110
90 120
30
140
90 40
110 60
120
A
70
10
80
90
40
50
130 20
100
110
150
160
130
200 140
90
110
150
90 190
170
180
F_PL_522224_22_0_01_00
ROD ASSY-CONNECTING
Figure 22 / FIGURE-52-22-24-950-822-01
Page 10022-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10022-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10022-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
380
70 360
410
A 80 90 420
400
360 90 390
370
450 320
460
40
300
A 60
330
100 350
120
110
310
320
120
430
40
340
60
350
330
290 440
160 470
180
170 B
280 130
150 B
10 140
20 30
480
200
210
220
65
260
270
250
240
190 230
50
F_PL_522224_23_0_01_01
Page 10023-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10023-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10023-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10023-3
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10023-4
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
350
100
120
110
320
120
310
430 40
340
350
330 60
290
440 470
180 160
170
B
280 130
150
140
490
B
480
200
210
220
260
270
190 240
250
230
F_PL_522224_23_A_01_01
Page 10023A-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10023A-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10023A-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10023A-3
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10023A-4
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
400
380
390
363
70 90
410
80 420
460 90
40
450 320
330
A 350
300
365 60
120
370
100 110
120
320 40
310
430
60
340
350
330
290 440 470
170 160
180
230
130
240 200
250 210
260 220
270 280
190
490
485
150
140
A
F_PL_522224_23_B_01_00
Page 10023B-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10023B-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10023B-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10023B-3
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10023B-4
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10023B-5
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
500
A 520
520
500
430
440
460
420 B
B 470
510
450 490
430 460
440
480
420 570
C 230
C
260 70
100 250 390 80
560 150 90
130
140
120 110 60
190
370 50 200
70
360 390 80
90 40
350
160
400
350
380
210
20
530 220
180 30 170
330 540 10
550
170
180
300
310
390 280 530
540 410 A
550
F_PL_522224_24_0_01_01
Page 10024-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10024-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10024-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10024-3
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10024-4
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10024-5
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
250
240 A
230 70
80
220
90
A 120 100
140 130 110
150
130
160
190
60 180
340
50 40 20 30
210 10
200
100
90
160
280
170 290
300
270
260 330
320
310
F_PL_522224_25_0_01_01
ROD-ACTUATING
Figure 25 / FIGURE-52-22-24-950-825-01
Page 10025-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10025-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10025-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10025-3
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
250
240
230
220
70
A 80 90
100
140 120 110
60 150
130
130
160
40
30
190
180
350
20
50
10
210
100
90
200
160
170
280
290
300
270
260
330
320
310
A
F_PL_522224_25_A_01_00
ROD-ACTUATING
Figure 25A / FIGURE-52-22-24-950-825-A01
Page 10025A-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10025A-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10025A-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10025A-3
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
A 410
60
55
380
100
40 110
90
70 390
47 30
120
110
B 420
30 20
450 10
400
A 100
110
C
290
250 300 C
330
210
50 260 240
270 300
230
340 310
320 280
B 50
180
45
360
350
370
220
340 190 170
300
310 150 200
320 160 140 130
280 160
150
F_PL_522224_26_0_01_02
Page 10026-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10026-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10026-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10026-3
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10026-4
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10026-5
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
A 410
60
10 380
100
110
70 90
110
B
A
390
100
120
420
400
110
C
C
290
250 300
330
210
50
270
260 240
300
230 340
310
320 280
50 180
B
45
360 220
190
170
200
340 150
300 370 160
350 160
310 150 130
320
280 140
F_PL_522224_26_A_01_01
Page 10026A-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10026A-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10026A-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10026A-3
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10026A-4
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10026A-5
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
40
50
30
20 10
A
210
200
190
230
150
160
140
100
110
120
60
170
130
260 150
250 160
240
220
180
80
70
90
90
F_PL_522224_27_0_01_00
LEVER-CONTROL,UPR
Figure 27 / FIGURE-52-22-24-950-827-01
Page 10027-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10027-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10027-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10027-3
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10027-4
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
40
60 50
310
210 300
280 20
250
B 260 30 10
230
A 490
500
C 230
480 400
420
470
270
290 240 410
460
170
220 380
90
100
350
70 370 320
80
530 80 360
110 130
570 140 340
580 150 370 400
330 420
180 440 430
190 450
520
160
560 540 120
510 390
550 400
160
A B C
F_PL_522224_28_0_01_01
Page 10028-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10028-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10028-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10028-3
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10028-4
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10028-5
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
40
60 50
310
210 300
600
280
250
B 260 610
230
A 490
500
C 230
480 400
420
470
270
290 240 410
460
170
220 380
90
100
350
70
370 320
80
530 80 360
110 130
570 140 340
580 150 370 400
330 420
180 440 430
190 450
520
160
560 540 120
510 390
550 400
160
A B C
F_PL_522224_28_A_01_00
Page 10028A-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10028A-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10028A-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10028A-3
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10028A-4
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10028A-5
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10028A-6
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
30
50
90
A 20
30
310
A
40
300 10
290
280
240
190 230
200
220
210
100
160
150
180
170
120
130
140 110
F_PL_522224_29_0_01_00
SHAFT-DOOR DETENT
Figure 29 / FIGURE-52-22-24-950-829-01
Page 10029-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10029-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10029-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10029-3
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
260
A
270
250
190
240
220 230
210 200
D 160
240
B 481
175
461 E
180
170
530
471
410
442 420 400 470
530 150
350
360
370
380 480 130
460 140
390
290
430
320 300
330
340
310
280
457
455
A
F_PL_522224_30_0_01_01
SHAFT-DOOR LIFTING
(Sheet 1 of 2)
Figure 30 / FIGURE-52-22-24-950-830-01
Page 10030-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
445
440 450
B C
50
70
50 80
110 120
160 100
90 120
20
30
170 10
20
90
510
100
40
50
60
500 70
520
80
D E
F_PL_522224_30_0_02_00
SHAFT-DOOR LIFTING
(Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 30 / FIGURE-52-22-24-950-830-01
Page 10030-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10030-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10030-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10030-3
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10030-4
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10030-5
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10030-6
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10030-7
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10030-8
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
A
140
190
130 180
170
260
20
80
10 90
131 30
40
270
70
A
165
160
150 60
110
60
250
40
210
230
220 200
F_PL_522224_31_0_01_00
Page 10031-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10031-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10031-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10031-3
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
270
80
B 90
300
290
280
70
A
150 50
60
160 60
110
120
100
165
40 240
40
250
210
230
200
220
B
F_PL_522224_31_A_01_01
Page 10031A-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10031A-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10031A-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10031A-3
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
80
90
A 300
290
280
70
150
310
165 50
60
40
60
240
40
250
210
230
200
220
A
F_PL_522224_31_B_01_00
Page 10031B-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10031B-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10031B-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
40
A
50
300
310
30
230
10
20
50
240
170
180
A 120
130
70
140 80
160 150
90
60
115
100
250 220
290
280 200
270
260
110
190
50
210
F_PL_522224_32_0_01_01
Page 10032-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10032-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10032-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10032-3
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
40
A 50
300
310
30
A 20 10
50
230 240
170
180
120
130
115
140
250 150 60
160 100
290
280
270
260
220
110
200
190
50
210
F_PL_522224_32_A_01_00
Page 10032A-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10032A-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10032A-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10032A-3
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
50
30
40
C
D
B
70
D
80 20
90 10
100
110
120
60
130
C
150
NV6 52 22 24 33 −A
220
160
170
200 180
190 140
210
F_PL_522224_33_0_01_00
Page 10033-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10033-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10033-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10033-3
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
10
50
20
30
40
F_PL_522224_45_0_01_00
Page 10045-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10045-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10045-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
20
30
B 40
10
A
60
50
130
140
150
160
170
170
200 180
190
210
200
270 110 90
280 290 120 100
300
270 310 70
260 280
80
A B
F_PL_522224_46_0_01_01
Page 10046-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10046-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10046-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
150
A 100
100
120
80
10 70
50
A
20
40
B
30 60 B
130
140
140 260
100
120
160
190
100
250
220
90 241
100
242
100
110
120 240
180
210
230
200
140
100
130 120
160
100
170
F_PL_522224_47_0_01_00
Page 10047-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10047-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10047-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10047-3
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
A A 160
170
210
215
220 170
180
190
200
170
340
330 150
270 140
380 263
370 170 90
170
180 360 100
265 210 110
350 80
217 90
220 130 220
230
217
210 120 20
220 250
320 40
300 50
220 70
10
230
290 40
210 260 60
215 310
220 280 30
240
220
230 135
125
95
100
110
85
90
F_PL_522224_48_0_01_00
SHAFT-INTERMEDIATE
Figure 48 / FIGURE-52-22-24-950-848-01
Page 10048-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10048-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10048-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10048-3
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10048-4
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10048-5
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
A A
70
220
30 170
40
110 40
115 50
130
145
100 180
105 230 190
110 200
30 240
115
10 40
20 10
40 110
50 115
110 120
140 150 115 135
100 160 120
110 270 135
250 210 80
100 60
110
115 20
125
260
90
110
110 115
115 120
120 135
135 110
120
F_PL_522224_49_0_01_00
SHAFT-RELEASE
Figure 49 / FIGURE-52-22-24-950-849-01
Page 10049-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10049-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10049-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10049-3
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
A
80
90 50
30
40
D
70
ME
AR
10
60
F_PL_522224_50_0_01_00
Page 10050-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10050-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10050-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Q
R
180
280
C 280
190
D 200
280
D A
10
N
D B
L
M N 290
K
A
B B
280
G E J 20
P F
E
30
D
F_PL_522224_60_0_01_01
ROUTING-WIRE
(Sheet 1 of 2)
Figure 60 / FIGURE-52-22-24-950-860-01
Page 10060-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
210
K 140
230
E 50 L 260
F 60 120 L
G 70 40
H 80 110 L 250
G 100
EFH 120
130 L 120
135
G 140
150 K 140
150
E F G H J K L
140
220 150
N 160
P 170
140 Q 240
230 R 270
M N P Q R
F_PL_522224_60_0_02_00
ROUTING-WIRE
(Sheet 2 of 2)
Figure 60 / FIGURE-52-22-24-950-860-01
Page 10060-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10060-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10060-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10060-3
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10060-4
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10060-5
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
A
10
20
C
D
A
B E
B
30
40
C D
E
50 C
90 70 D
60 C
80 D
F_PL_522224_70_0_01_00
HARNESS ASSY-CABLE
Figure 70 / FIGURE-52-22-24-950-870-01
Page 10070-0
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10070-1
52-22-24 Jan 01/16
@AIRBUS
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
D5227922500051
Page 10070-2
52-22-24 Jan 01/16